blob: 8e2c656e21116119fb51c53bf1ec540dde30a2a5 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
1564
1565 i = 0;
1566 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1567 ++i;
1568
1569 /*
1570 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1571 */
1572 while (line[i])
1573 {
1574 /*
1575 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1576 */
1577 found_one = FALSE;
1578 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1579 {
1580 /*
1581 * Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance list to next one.
1582 * put string at start of string.
1583 */
1584 if (!got_com && flags != NULL) /* remember where flags started */
1585 *flags = list;
1586 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1587 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1588 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1589 continue;
1590 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1591
1592 /*
1593 * When already found a nested comment, only accept further
1594 * nested comments.
1595 */
1596 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1597 continue;
1598
1599 /* When 'O' flag used don't use for "O" command */
1600 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1601 continue;
1602
1603 /*
1604 * Line contents and string must match.
1605 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1606 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
1607 * TABs and spaces).
1608 */
1609 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1610 {
1611 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
1612 continue;
1613 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1614 ++string;
1615 }
1616 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1617 ;
1618 if (string[j] != NUL)
1619 continue;
1620
1621 /*
1622 * When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1623 * end-of-line after the string in the line.
1624 */
1625 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1626 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1627 continue;
1628
1629 /*
1630 * We have found a match, stop searching.
1631 */
1632 i += j;
1633 got_com = TRUE;
1634 found_one = TRUE;
1635 break;
1636 }
1637
1638 /*
1639 * No match found, stop scanning.
1640 */
1641 if (!found_one)
1642 break;
1643
1644 /*
1645 * Include any trailing white space.
1646 */
1647 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1648 ++i;
1649
1650 /*
1651 * If this comment doesn't nest, stop here.
1652 */
1653 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1657}
1658#endif
1659
1660/*
1661 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1662 */
1663 int
1664plines(lnum)
1665 linenr_T lnum;
1666{
1667 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1668}
1669
1670 int
1671plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1672 win_T *wp;
1673 linenr_T lnum;
1674 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1675{
1676#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1677 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1678 * is one line anyway. */
1679 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1680}
1681
1682 int
1683plines_nofill(lnum)
1684 linenr_T lnum;
1685{
1686 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1687}
1688
1689 int
1690plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1691 win_T *wp;
1692 linenr_T lnum;
1693 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1694{
1695#endif
1696 int lines;
1697
1698 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1699 return 1;
1700
1701#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1702 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1703 return 1;
1704#endif
1705
1706#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1707 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1708 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1709 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1710 return 1;
1711#endif
1712
1713 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1714 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1715 return (int)wp->w_height;
1716 return lines;
1717}
1718
1719/*
1720 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1721 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1722 */
1723 int
1724plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1725 win_T *wp;
1726 linenr_T lnum;
1727{
1728 char_u *s;
1729 long col;
1730 int width;
1731
1732 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1733 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1734 return 1;
1735 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1736
1737 /*
1738 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1739 * extra column.
1740 */
1741 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1742 col += 1;
1743
1744 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001745 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001746 */
1747 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1748 if (width <= 0)
1749 return 32000;
1750 if (col <= width)
1751 return 1;
1752 col -= width;
1753 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1754 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1755}
1756
1757/*
1758 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1759 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1760 */
1761 int
1762plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1763 win_T *wp;
1764 linenr_T lnum;
1765 long column;
1766{
1767 long col;
1768 char_u *s;
1769 int lines = 0;
1770 int width;
1771
1772#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1773 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1774 * is one line anyway. */
1775 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1776#endif
1777
1778 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1779 return lines + 1;
1780
1781#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1782 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1783 return lines + 1;
1784#endif
1785
1786 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1787
1788 col = 0;
1789 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1790 {
1791 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001792 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793 }
1794
1795 /*
1796 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1797 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1798 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1799 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1800 * 'ts') -- webb.
1801 */
1802 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1803 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1804
1805 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001806 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001807 */
1808 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001809 if (width <= 0)
1810 return 9999;
1811
1812 lines += 1;
1813 if (col > width)
1814 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1815 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001816}
1817
1818 int
1819plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1820 win_T *wp;
1821 linenr_T first, last;
1822{
1823 int count = 0;
1824
1825 while (first <= last)
1826 {
1827#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1828 int x;
1829
1830 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1831 * that are maybe folded. */
1832 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1833 if (x > 0)
1834 {
1835 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1836 first += x;
1837 }
1838 else
1839#endif
1840 {
1841#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1842 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1843 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1844 else
1845#endif
1846 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1847 ++first;
1848 }
1849 }
1850 return (count);
1851}
1852
1853#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1854/*
1855 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1856 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1857 */
1858 void
1859ins_bytes(p)
1860 char_u *p;
1861{
1862 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1863}
1864#endif
1865
1866#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1867 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1868/*
1869 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1870 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1871 */
1872 void
1873ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1874 char_u *p;
1875 int len;
1876{
1877 int i;
1878# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1879 int n;
1880
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001881 if (has_mbyte)
1882 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1883 {
1884 if (enc_utf8)
1885 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1886 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1887 else
1888 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1889 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1890 }
1891 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001892# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001893 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1894 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895}
1896#endif
1897
1898/*
1899 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1900 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1901 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1902 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1903 * convert bytes to a character.
1904 */
1905 void
1906ins_char(c)
1907 int c;
1908{
1909#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1910 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1911 int n;
1912
1913 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1914
1915 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1916 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1917 if (buf[0] == 0)
1918 buf[0] = '\n';
1919
1920 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1921}
1922
1923 void
1924ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1925 char_u *buf;
1926 int charlen;
1927{
1928 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001929#endif
1930 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1931 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1932 char_u *p;
1933 char_u *newp;
1934 char_u *oldp;
1935 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1936 colnr_T col;
1937 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1938 int i;
1939
1940#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1941 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1942 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1943 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1944#endif
1945
1946 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1947 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1948 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1949
1950 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1951 oldlen = 0;
1952#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1953 newlen = charlen;
1954#else
1955 newlen = 1;
1956#endif
1957
1958 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1959 {
1960#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1961 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1962 {
1963 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1964 colnr_T vcol;
1965 int old_list;
1966#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1967 char_u buf[2];
1968#endif
1969
1970 /*
1971 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1972 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1973 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1974 */
1975 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
1976 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
1977 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
1978
1979 /*
1980 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
1981 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
1982 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
1983 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
1984 */
1985 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
1986#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1987 buf[0] = c;
1988 buf[1] = NUL;
1989#endif
1990 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
1991 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
1992 {
1993 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
1994 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
1995 * position. */
1996 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
1997 break;
1998#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001999 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002000#else
2001 ++oldlen;
2002#endif
2003 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2004 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2005 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2006 }
2007 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2008 }
2009 else
2010#endif
2011 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2012 {
2013 /* normal replace */
2014#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002015 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002016#else
2017 oldlen = 1;
2018#endif
2019 }
2020
2021
2022 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2023 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2024 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2025 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2026 replace_push(NUL);
2027 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2028 {
2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002030 if (has_mbyte)
2031 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2032 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002034 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035 }
2036 }
2037
2038 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2039 if (newp == NULL)
2040 return;
2041
2042 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2043 if (col > 0)
2044 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2045
2046 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2047 p = newp + col;
2048 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2049 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2050
2051 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2052#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2053 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2054 i = charlen;
2055#else
2056 *p = c;
2057 i = 1;
2058#endif
2059
2060 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2061 while (i < newlen)
2062 p[i++] = ' ';
2063
2064 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2065 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2066
2067 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2068 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2069
2070 /*
2071 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2072 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2073 */
2074 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2075 && msg_silent == 0
2076#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2077 && charlen == 1
2078#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002079#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2080 && !ins_compl_active()
2081#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002082 )
2083 showmatch(c);
2084
2085#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2086 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2087#endif
2088 {
2089 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2090#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2091 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2092#else
2093 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2094#endif
2095 }
2096 /*
2097 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2098 */
2099}
2100
2101/*
2102 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2103 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2104 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2105 */
2106 void
2107ins_str(s)
2108 char_u *s;
2109{
2110 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2111 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2112 int oldlen;
2113 colnr_T col;
2114 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2115
2116#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2117 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2118 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2119#endif
2120
2121 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2122 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2123 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2124
2125 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2126 if (newp == NULL)
2127 return;
2128 if (col > 0)
2129 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2130 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2131 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2132 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2133 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2134 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2135}
2136
2137/*
2138 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2139 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2140 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2141 *
2142 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2143 */
2144 int
2145del_char(fixpos)
2146 int fixpos;
2147{
2148#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2149 if (has_mbyte)
2150 {
2151 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2152 mb_adjust_cursor();
2153 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2154 return FAIL;
2155 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2156 }
2157#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002158 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159}
2160
2161#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2162/*
2163 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2164 */
2165 int
2166del_chars(count, fixpos)
2167 long count;
2168 int fixpos;
2169{
2170 long bytes = 0;
2171 long i;
2172 char_u *p;
2173 int l;
2174
2175 p = ml_get_cursor();
2176 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2177 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002178 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002179 bytes += l;
2180 p += l;
2181 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002182 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002183}
2184#endif
2185
2186/*
2187 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2188 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2189 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2190 *
2191 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2192 */
2193 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002194del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002195 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002196 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002197 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002198{
2199 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2200 colnr_T oldlen;
2201 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2202 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2203 int was_alloced;
2204 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002205 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002206
2207 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2208 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2209
2210 /*
2211 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2212 */
2213 if (col >= oldlen)
2214 return FAIL;
2215
2216#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2217 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2218 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002219 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2220 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002221 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002222 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223 int n;
2224
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002225 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2226 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002227 {
2228 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2229 n = col;
2230 do
2231 {
2232 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002233 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002234 n += count;
2235 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2236 fixpos = 0;
2237 }
2238 }
2239#endif
2240
2241 /*
2242 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2243 */
2244 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2245 if (movelen <= 1)
2246 {
2247 /*
2248 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002249 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2250 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002251 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002252 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2253#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2254 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2255#endif
2256 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002257 {
2258 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2259#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2261#endif
2262#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2263 if (has_mbyte)
2264 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2265 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2266#endif
2267 }
2268 count = oldlen - col;
2269 movelen = 1;
2270 }
2271
2272 /*
2273 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2274 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002275 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2276 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
2277 * care of notifiying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002278 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002280 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002281 was_alloced = FALSE;
2282 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002283#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002284 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002285 if (was_alloced)
2286 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2287 else
2288 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2289 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2290 if (newp == NULL)
2291 return FAIL;
2292 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2293 }
2294 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2295 if (!was_alloced)
2296 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2297
2298 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2299 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2300
2301 return OK;
2302}
2303
2304/*
2305 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2306 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2307 *
2308 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2309 */
2310 int
2311truncate_line(fixpos)
2312 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2313{
2314 char_u *newp;
2315 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2316 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2317
2318 if (col == 0)
2319 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2320 else
2321 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2322
2323 if (newp == NULL)
2324 return FAIL;
2325
2326 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2327
2328 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2329 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2330
2331 /*
2332 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2333 */
2334 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2335 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2336
2337 return OK;
2338}
2339
2340/*
2341 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2342 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2343 */
2344 void
2345del_lines(nlines, undo)
2346 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2347 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2348{
2349 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002350 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002351
2352 if (nlines <= 0)
2353 return;
2354
2355 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002356 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002357 return;
2358
2359 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2360 {
2361 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2362 break;
2363
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002364 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002365 ++n;
2366
2367 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002368 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002369 break;
2370 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002372 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2373 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002374 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2375 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002376
2377 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2378 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379}
2380
2381 int
2382gchar_pos(pos)
2383 pos_T *pos;
2384{
2385 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2386
2387#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2388 if (has_mbyte)
2389 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2390#endif
2391 return (int)*ptr;
2392}
2393
2394 int
2395gchar_cursor()
2396{
2397#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2398 if (has_mbyte)
2399 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2400#endif
2401 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2402}
2403
2404/*
2405 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2406 * It is directly written into the block.
2407 */
2408 void
2409pchar_cursor(c)
2410 int c;
2411{
2412 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2413 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2414}
2415
2416#if 0 /* not used */
2417/*
2418 * Put *pos at end of current buffer
2419 */
2420 void
2421goto_endofbuf(pos)
2422 pos_T *pos;
2423{
2424 char_u *p;
2425
2426 pos->lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
2427 pos->col = 0;
2428 p = ml_get(pos->lnum);
2429 while (*p++)
2430 ++pos->col;
2431}
2432#endif
2433
2434/*
2435 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2436 * non-blank in the line.
2437 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2438 * the line.
2439 */
2440 int
2441inindent(extra)
2442 int extra;
2443{
2444 char_u *ptr;
2445 colnr_T col;
2446
2447 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2448 ++ptr;
2449 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2450 return TRUE;
2451 else
2452 return FALSE;
2453}
2454
2455/*
2456 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2457 */
2458 char_u *
2459skip_to_option_part(p)
2460 char_u *p;
2461{
2462 if (*p == ',')
2463 ++p;
2464 while (*p == ' ')
2465 ++p;
2466 return p;
2467}
2468
2469/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002470 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002471 *
2472 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2473 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002474 *
2475 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002476 */
2477 void
2478changed()
2479{
2480#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2481 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2482 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2483 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2484 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2485 return;
2486 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2487#endif
2488
2489 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2490 {
2491 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2492
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002493 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2494 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002496
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002497 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2498 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2499 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2500#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2501 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2502#endif
2503 )
2504 {
2505 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2506
2507 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2508 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2509 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2510 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2511 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2512 {
2513 out_flush();
2514 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2515 wait_return(TRUE);
2516 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2517 }
2518 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002519 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002520 }
2521 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002522}
2523
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002524/*
2525 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2526 */
2527 void
2528changed_int()
2529{
2530 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2531 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2532#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2533 check_status(curbuf);
2534 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2535#endif
2536#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2537 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2538#endif
2539}
2540
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002541static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2542static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002543static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2544
2545/*
2546 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2547 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2548 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2549 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002550 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002551 */
2552 void
2553changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2554 linenr_T lnum;
2555 colnr_T col;
2556{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002557 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002558 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002559
2560#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2561 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2562 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2563 {
2564 win_T *wp;
2565 linenr_T wlnum;
2566
2567 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2568 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2569 {
2570 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2571 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2572 if (wlnum > 0)
2573 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2574 }
2575 }
2576#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002577}
2578
2579 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002580changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2581 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002582 linenr_T lnum;
2583{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002584 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002585 {
2586 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002587 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2588 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2589 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2590 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002591 }
2592 else
2593 {
2594 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002595 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2596 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2597 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2598 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002599 }
2600}
2601
2602/*
2603 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2604 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2605 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2606 */
2607 void
2608appended_lines(lnum, count)
2609 linenr_T lnum;
2610 long count;
2611{
2612 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2613}
2614
2615/*
2616 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2617 */
2618 void
2619appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2620 linenr_T lnum;
2621 long count;
2622{
2623 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2624 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2625}
2626
2627/*
2628 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2629 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2630 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2631 */
2632 void
2633deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2634 linenr_T lnum;
2635 long count;
2636{
2637 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2638}
2639
2640/*
2641 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002642 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2643 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002644 */
2645 void
2646deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2647 linenr_T lnum;
2648 long count;
2649{
2650 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2651 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2652}
2653
2654/*
2655 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2656 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2657 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2658 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2659 * - invalidate cached values
2660 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2661 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2662 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2663 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002664 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002665 */
2666 void
2667changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2668 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2669 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2670 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2671 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2672{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002673 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2674
2675#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2676 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2677 {
2678 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2679 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2680 * displaying. */
2681 win_T *wp;
2682 linenr_T wlnum;
2683
2684 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2685 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2686 {
2687 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2688 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2689 if (wlnum > 0)
2690 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2691 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2692 }
2693 }
2694#endif
2695
2696 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2697}
2698
2699 static void
2700changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2701 buf_T *buf;
2702 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2703 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2704 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2705{
2706 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002707 {
2708 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002709 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2710 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2711 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002712 {
2713 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002714 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2715 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2716 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002717 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002718 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2719 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2720 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721 }
2722 else
2723 {
2724 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002725 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2726 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2727 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2728 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002729 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002730}
2731
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002732/*
2733 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2734 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2735 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2736 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002737 static void
2738changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2739 linenr_T lnum;
2740 colnr_T col;
2741 linenr_T lnume;
2742 long xtra;
2743{
2744 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002745#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2746 tabpage_T *tp;
2747#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002748 int i;
2749#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2750 int cols;
2751 pos_T *p;
2752 int add;
2753#endif
2754
2755 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2756 changed();
2757
2758 /* set the '. mark */
2759 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2760 {
2761 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2762 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2763
2764#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2765 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2766 * don't have an entry yet. */
2767 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2768 {
2769 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2770 add = TRUE;
2771 else
2772 {
2773 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2774 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2775 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2776 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2777 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2778 add = TRUE;
2779 else
2780 {
2781 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2782 if (cols == 0)
2783 cols = 79;
2784 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2785 }
2786 }
2787 if (add)
2788 {
2789 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2790 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2791 * position in the changelist. */
2792 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2793
2794 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2795 {
2796 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2797 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2798 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2799 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002800 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002801 {
2802 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2803 * this buffer. */
2804 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2805 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2806 }
2807 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002808 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002809 {
2810 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2811 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2812 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2813 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2814 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2815 }
2816 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2817 }
2818 }
2819 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2820 curbuf->b_last_change;
2821 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2822 * takes you back to it. */
2823 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2824#endif
2825 }
2826
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002827 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002828 {
2829 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2830 {
2831 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2832 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2833 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2834
2835 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2836 * values for the cursor. */
2837#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2838 /*
2839 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2840 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2841 */
2842 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2843
2844 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2845 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2846 * might be displayed differently.
2847 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2848 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2849 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2850 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2851 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2852 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2853 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2854 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2855
2856 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2857 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2858 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2859 {
2860 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2861 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2862 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2863 }
2864#endif
2865
2866 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2867 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2868 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2869 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2870 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2871 {
2872 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2873 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2874 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2875 }
2876
2877 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2878 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2879 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2880 * after the change. */
2881 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2882 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2883 {
2884 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2885 {
2886 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2887 {
2888 /* line included in change */
2889 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2890 }
2891 else if (xtra != 0)
2892 {
2893 /* line below change */
2894 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2895#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2896 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2897#endif
2898 }
2899 }
2900#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2901 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2902 {
2903 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2904 * may need to be redrawn */
2905 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2906 }
2907#endif
2908 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002909
2910#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2911 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2912 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2913 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2914 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2915#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002916 }
2917 }
2918
2919 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2920 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2921 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2922 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002923
2924#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2925 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002926 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2927 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002928 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2929#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002930}
2931
2932/*
2933 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2934 */
2935 void
2936unchanged(buf, ff)
2937 buf_T *buf;
2938 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2939{
2940 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf)))
2941 {
2942 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002943 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002944 if (ff)
2945 save_file_ff(buf);
2946#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2947 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002948 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002949#endif
2950#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2951 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2952#endif
2953 }
2954 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002955#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2956 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2957#endif
2958}
2959
2960#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2961/*
2962 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2963 * need to be updated
2964 */
2965 void
2966check_status(buf)
2967 buf_T *buf;
2968{
2969 win_T *wp;
2970
2971 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2972 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2973 {
2974 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2975 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2976 must_redraw = VALID;
2977 }
2978}
2979#endif
2980
2981/*
2982 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2983 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2984 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002985 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002986 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002987 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002988 */
2989 void
2990change_warning(col)
2991 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2992 mode and 'showmode' is on */
2993{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00002994 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
2995
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002996 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
2997 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
2998#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2999 && !autocmd_busy
3000#endif
3001 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
3002 {
3003#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003004 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003005 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003006 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003007 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
3008 return;
3009#endif
3010 /*
3011 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
3012 * be after the mode message.
3013 */
3014 msg_start();
3015 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
3016 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00003017 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003018 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3019#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3020 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3021#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003022 msg_clr_eos();
3023 (void)msg_end();
3024 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3025 {
3026 out_flush();
3027 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3028 }
3029 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3030 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3031 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3032 showmode();
3033 }
3034}
3035
3036/*
3037 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3038 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3039 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3040 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3041 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3042 *
3043 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3044 */
3045 int
3046ask_yesno(str, direct)
3047 char_u *str;
3048 int direct;
3049{
3050 int r = ' ';
3051 int save_State = State;
3052
3053 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3054 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3055 ++no_wait_return;
3056#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3057 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3058#endif
3059 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3060#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3061 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3062#endif
3063 ++no_mapping;
3064 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3065
3066 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3067 {
3068 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3069 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3070 if (direct)
3071 r = get_keystroke();
3072 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003073 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003074 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3075 r = 'n';
3076 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3077 out_flush();
3078 }
3079 --no_wait_return;
3080 State = save_State;
3081#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3082 setmouse();
3083#endif
3084 --no_mapping;
3085 --allow_keys;
3086
3087 return r;
3088}
3089
3090/*
3091 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3092 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3093 * button (used at the more prompt).
3094 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3095 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3096 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3097 */
3098 int
3099get_keystroke()
3100{
3101#define CBUFLEN 151
3102 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3103 int len = 0;
3104 int n;
3105 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003106 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003107
3108 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3109 for (;;)
3110 {
3111 cursor_on();
3112 out_flush();
3113
3114 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3115 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3116 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3117 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3118 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3119 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3120 if (n > 0)
3121 {
3122 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3123 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3124 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003125 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003126 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003127 else if (len > 0)
3128 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003129
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003130 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3131 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3132 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003133 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003134
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003135 /* found a termcode: adjust length */
3136 if (n > 0)
3137 len = n;
3138 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
3139 continue;
3140
3141 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3142 n = buf[0];
3143 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3144 {
3145 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3146 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3147 || n == K_IGNORE
3148#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3149 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3150 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3151 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3152 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3153 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3154 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3155 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3156 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3157 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3158 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3159 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3160 || n == K_MOUSEUP
3161 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3162 || n == K_X1DRAG
3163 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3164 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3165 || n == K_X2DRAG
3166 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3167# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3168 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3169 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3170# endif
3171#endif
3172 )
3173 {
3174 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3175 mod_mask = buf[2];
3176 len -= 3;
3177 if (len > 0)
3178 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3179 continue;
3180 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003181 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003182 }
3183#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3184 if (has_mbyte)
3185 {
3186 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3187 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3188 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3189 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3190 }
3191#endif
3192#ifdef UNIX
3193 if (n == intr_char)
3194 n = ESC;
3195#endif
3196 break;
3197 }
3198
3199 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3200 return n;
3201}
3202
3203/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003204 * Get a number from the user.
3205 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003206 */
3207 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003208get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3209 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3210 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003211{
3212 int n = 0;
3213 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003214 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003215
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003216 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3217 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3218
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003219 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3220 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3221 if (msg_silent != 0)
3222 return 0;
3223
3224#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3225 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3226#endif
3227 ++no_mapping;
3228 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3229 for (;;)
3230 {
3231 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3232 c = safe_vgetc();
3233 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3234 {
3235 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3236 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003237 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003238 }
3239 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3240 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003241 if (typed > 0)
3242 {
3243 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3244 --typed;
3245 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003247 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003248#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3249 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3250 {
3251 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3252 n = mouse_row + 1;
3253 break;
3254 }
3255#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003256 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3257 {
3258 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3259 if (!exmode_active)
3260 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3261 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3262 do_redraw = FALSE;
3263 break;
3264 }
3265 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3266 break;
3267 }
3268 --no_mapping;
3269 --allow_keys;
3270 return n;
3271}
3272
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003273/*
3274 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003275 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3276 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003277 */
3278 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003279prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3280 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003281{
3282 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003283 int save_cmdline_row;
3284 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003285
3286 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003287 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003288 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003289 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003290 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003291
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003292 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3293 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003294 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003295 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003296 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003297 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003298
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003299 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3300 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003301 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003302 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3303 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003304 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3305 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3306 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003307 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003308 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003309 else
3310 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3311 State = save_State;
3312
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003313 return i;
3314}
3315
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003316 void
3317msgmore(n)
3318 long n;
3319{
3320 long pn;
3321
3322 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003323 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3324 return;
3325
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003326 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3327 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3328 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3329 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3330 return;
3331
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003332 if (n > 0)
3333 pn = n;
3334 else
3335 pn = -n;
3336
3337 if (pn > p_report)
3338 {
3339 if (pn == 1)
3340 {
3341 if (n > 0)
3342 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 more line"));
3343 else
3344 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("1 line less"));
3345 }
3346 else
3347 {
3348 if (n > 0)
3349 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld more lines"), pn);
3350 else
3351 sprintf((char *)msg_buf, _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
3352 }
3353 if (got_int)
3354 STRCAT(msg_buf, _(" (Interrupted)"));
3355 if (msg(msg_buf))
3356 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003357 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003358 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003359 }
3360 }
3361}
3362
3363/*
3364 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3365 */
3366 void
3367beep_flush()
3368{
3369 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3370 {
3371 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3372 vim_beep();
3373 }
3374}
3375
3376/*
3377 * give a warning for an error
3378 */
3379 void
3380vim_beep()
3381{
3382 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3383 {
3384 if (p_vb
3385#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3386 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3387 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3388 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3389#endif
3390 )
3391 {
3392 out_str(T_VB);
3393 }
3394 else
3395 {
3396#ifdef MSDOS
3397 /*
3398 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3399 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3400 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3401 */
3402 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3403 {
3404 out_char(BELL);
3405 beep_count = 1;
3406 }
3407 else
3408 ++beep_count;
3409#else
3410 out_char(BELL);
3411#endif
3412 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003413
3414 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3415 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3416 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3417 {
3418 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3419 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3420 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003421 }
3422}
3423
3424/*
3425 * To get the "real" home directory:
3426 * - get value of $HOME
3427 * For Unix:
3428 * - go to that directory
3429 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3430 * This also works with mounts and links.
3431 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3432 */
3433static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3434
3435 void
3436init_homedir()
3437{
3438 char_u *var;
3439
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003440 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3441 vim_free(homedir);
3442 homedir = NULL;
3443
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003444#ifdef VMS
3445 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3446#else
3447 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3448#endif
3449
3450 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3451 var = NULL;
3452
3453#ifdef WIN3264
3454 /*
3455 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3456 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3457 * when $HOME is being set.
3458 */
3459 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3460 {
3461 char_u *p;
3462 char_u *exp;
3463
3464 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3465 if (p != NULL)
3466 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003467 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003468 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3469 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3470 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3471 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003472 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003473 var = NameBuff;
3474 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3475 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3476 }
3477 }
3478 }
3479
3480 /*
3481 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3482 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3483 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3484 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3485 */
3486 if (var == NULL)
3487 {
3488 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3489
3490 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3491 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003492 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3493 homepath = "\\";
3494 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3496 {
3497 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3498 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3499 {
3500 var = NameBuff;
3501 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3502 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3503 }
3504 }
3505 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003506
3507# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3508 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3509 {
3510 int len;
3511 char_u *pp;
3512
3513 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3514 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003515 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003516 if (pp != NULL)
3517 {
3518 homedir = pp;
3519 return;
3520 }
3521 }
3522# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003523#endif
3524
3525#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3526 /*
3527 * Default home dir is C:/
3528 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3529 */
3530 if (var == NULL)
3531 var = "C:/";
3532#endif
3533 if (var != NULL)
3534 {
3535#ifdef UNIX
3536 /*
3537 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3538 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3539 */
3540 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3541 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3542 {
3543 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3544 var = IObuff;
3545 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3546 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3547 }
3548#endif
3549 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3550 }
3551}
3552
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003553#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3554 void
3555free_homedir()
3556{
3557 vim_free(homedir);
3558}
3559#endif
3560
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003561/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003562 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3563 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3564 * again soon.
3565 */
3566 char_u *
3567expand_env_save(src)
3568 char_u *src;
3569{
3570 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3571}
3572
3573/*
3574 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3575 * expand "~" at the start.
3576 */
3577 char_u *
3578expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3579 char_u *src;
3580 int one;
3581{
3582 char_u *p;
3583
3584 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3585 if (p != NULL)
3586 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3587 return p;
3588}
3589
3590/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003591 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3592 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003593 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003594 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3595 */
3596 void
3597expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3598 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3599 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3600 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3601{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003602 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003603}
3604
3605 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003606expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003607 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003608 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3609 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3610 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003611 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003612 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003613{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003614 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003615 char_u *tail;
3616 int c;
3617 char_u *var;
3618 int copy_char;
3619 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3620 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003621 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003622
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003623 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003624 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003625
3626 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003627 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3628 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3629 {
3630 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003631 if ((*src == '$'
3632#ifdef VMS
3633 && at_start
3634#endif
3635 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003636#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3637 || *src == '%'
3638#endif
3639 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3640 {
3641 mustfree = FALSE;
3642
3643 /*
3644 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3645 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3646 */
3647 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3648 {
3649 tail = src + 1;
3650 var = dst;
3651 c = dstlen - 1;
3652
3653#ifdef UNIX
3654 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3655 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3656 {
3657 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3658 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3659 *var++ = *tail++;
3660 }
3661 else
3662#endif
3663 {
3664 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3665#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3666 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3667#endif
3668 ))
3669 {
3670#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3671 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3672 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3673#else
3674 *var++ = *tail++;
3675#endif
3676 }
3677 }
3678
3679#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3680# ifdef UNIX
3681 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3682# else
3683 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3684# endif
3685 var = NULL;
3686 else
3687 {
3688# ifdef UNIX
3689 if (src[1] == '{')
3690# else
3691 if (*src == '%')
3692#endif
3693 ++tail;
3694#endif
3695 *var = NUL;
3696 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3697#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3698 }
3699#endif
3700 }
3701 /* home directory */
3702 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3703 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3704 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3705 {
3706 var = homedir;
3707 tail = src + 1;
3708 }
3709 else /* user directory */
3710 {
3711#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3712 /*
3713 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3714 */
3715 tail = src;
3716 var = dst;
3717 c = dstlen - 1;
3718 while ( c-- > 0
3719 && *tail
3720 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3721 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3722 *var++ = *tail++;
3723 *var = NUL;
3724# ifdef UNIX
3725 /*
3726 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3727 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3728 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3729 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3730 */
3731# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3732 {
3733 struct passwd *pw;
3734
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003735 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3736 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3738 if (pw != NULL)
3739 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3740 else
3741 var = NULL;
3742 }
3743 if (var == NULL)
3744# endif
3745 {
3746 expand_T xpc;
3747
3748 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3749 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3750 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3751 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003752 mustfree = TRUE;
3753 }
3754
3755# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3756 /*
3757 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3758 * directories to search for the user account in.
3759 */
3760 {
3761 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3762 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3763 struct stat st;
3764
3765 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3766 next_path = paths;
3767 while (*next_path)
3768 {
3769 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3770 next_path++);
3771 if (*next_path)
3772 *next_path++ = NUL;
3773 STRCPY(test, path);
3774 STRCAT(test, "/");
3775 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3776 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3777 {
3778 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3779 STRCPY(var, test);
3780 mustfree = TRUE;
3781 break;
3782 }
3783 }
3784 }
3785# endif /* UNIX */
3786#else
3787 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3788 var = NULL;
3789 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3790#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3791 }
3792
3793#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3794 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3795 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3796 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3797 {
3798 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3799
3800 if (p != NULL)
3801 {
3802 if (mustfree)
3803 vim_free(var);
3804 var = p;
3805 mustfree = TRUE;
3806 forward_slash(var);
3807 }
3808 }
3809#endif
3810
3811 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3812 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3813 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3814 {
3815 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3816
3817 if (p != NULL)
3818 {
3819 if (mustfree)
3820 vim_free(var);
3821 var = p;
3822 mustfree = TRUE;
3823 }
3824 }
3825
3826 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3827 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3828 {
3829 STRCPY(dst, var);
3830 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003831 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003832 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3833 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003834 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003835#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3836 && dst[-1] != ':'
3837#endif
3838 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3839 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003840 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003841 src = tail;
3842 copy_char = FALSE;
3843 }
3844 if (mustfree)
3845 vim_free(var);
3846 }
3847
3848 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3849 {
3850 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003851 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003852 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3853 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003854 */
3855 at_start = FALSE;
3856 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3857 {
3858 *dst++ = *src++;
3859 --dstlen;
3860 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003861 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003862 at_start = TRUE;
3863 *dst++ = *src++;
3864 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003865
3866 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3867 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3868 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003869 }
3870 }
3871 *dst = NUL;
3872}
3873
3874/*
3875 * Vim's version of getenv().
3876 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003877 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003878 */
3879 char_u *
3880vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3881 char_u *name;
3882 int *mustfree; /* set to TRUE when returned is allocated */
3883{
3884 char_u *p;
3885 char_u *pend;
3886 int vimruntime;
3887
3888#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3889 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3890 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3891 return homedir;
3892#endif
3893
3894 p = mch_getenv(name);
3895 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3896 p = NULL;
3897
3898 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003899 {
3900#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3901 if (enc_utf8)
3902 {
3903 int len;
3904 char_u *pp;
3905
3906 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3907 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003908 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003909 if (pp != NULL)
3910 {
3911 p = pp;
3912 *mustfree = TRUE;
3913 }
3914 }
3915#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003916 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003917 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003918
3919 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3920 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3921 return NULL;
3922
3923 /*
3924 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3925 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3926 */
3927 if (vimruntime
3928#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3929 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3930#endif
3931 )
3932 {
3933 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3934 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3935 p = NULL;
3936 if (p != NULL)
3937 {
3938 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3939 if (p != NULL)
3940 *mustfree = TRUE;
3941 else
3942 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003943
3944#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3945 if (enc_utf8)
3946 {
3947 int len;
3948 char_u *pp;
3949
3950 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3951 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3952 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003953 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003954 if (pp != NULL)
3955 {
3956 if (mustfree)
3957 vim_free(p);
3958 p = pp;
3959 *mustfree = TRUE;
3960 }
3961 }
3962#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003963 }
3964 }
3965
3966 /*
3967 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3968 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3969 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3970 */
3971 if (p == NULL)
3972 {
3973 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3974 p = p_hf;
3975#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3976 /*
3977 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
3978 */
3979 else
3980 p = exe_name;
3981#endif
3982 if (p != NULL)
3983 {
3984 /* remove the file name */
3985 pend = gettail(p);
3986
3987 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
3988 if (p == p_hf)
3989 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
3990
3991#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
3992# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003993 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003994 if (p == exe_name)
3995 {
3996 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003997 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003998
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00003999 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
4000 if (pend1 != pend)
4001 {
4002 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
4003 if (pnew != NULL)
4004 {
4005 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
4006 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
4007 p = pnew;
4008 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
4009 }
4010 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004011 }
4012# endif
4013 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
4014 if (p == exe_name)
4015 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4016#endif
4017
4018 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4019 if (!vimruntime)
4020 {
4021 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4022 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4023 }
4024
4025 /* remove trailing path separator */
4026#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4027 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004028 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004029 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004030 --pend;
4031#endif
4032
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004033#ifdef MACOS_X
4034 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4035#endif
4036 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4037 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004038
4039 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4040 {
4041 vim_free(p);
4042 p = NULL;
4043 }
4044 else
4045 {
4046#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4047 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4048 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4049 {
4050 vim_free(p);
4051 p = pend;
4052 }
4053#endif
4054 *mustfree = TRUE;
4055 }
4056 }
4057 }
4058
4059#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4060 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4061 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4062 if (p == NULL)
4063 {
4064 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4065 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4066 {
4067 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4068 *mustfree = FALSE;
4069 }
4070 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4071 {
4072 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4073 *mustfree = TRUE;
4074 else
4075 {
4076 p = default_vim_dir;
4077 *mustfree = FALSE;
4078 }
4079 }
4080 }
4081#endif
4082
4083 /*
4084 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4085 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4086 */
4087 if (p != NULL)
4088 {
4089 if (vimruntime)
4090 {
4091 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4092 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4093#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4094 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004095 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096
4097 if (buf != NULL)
4098 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004099 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4100 vim_free(buf);
4101 }
4102 }
4103#endif
4104 }
4105 else
4106 {
4107 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4108 didset_vim = TRUE;
4109 }
4110 }
4111 return p;
4112}
4113
4114/*
4115 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4116 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4117 */
4118 static char_u *
4119vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4120 char_u *vimdir;
4121{
4122 char_u *p;
4123
4124 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4125 return NULL;
4126 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4127 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4128 return p;
4129 vim_free(p);
4130 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4131 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4132 return p;
4133 vim_free(p);
4134 return NULL;
4135}
4136
4137/*
4138 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4139 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4140 */
4141 static char_u *
4142remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4143 char_u *p;
4144 char_u *pend;
4145 char_u *name;
4146{
4147 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4148 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4149
4150 if (newend >= p
4151 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004152 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004153 return newend;
4154 return pend;
4155}
4156
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004157/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004158 * Our portable version of setenv.
4159 */
4160 void
4161vim_setenv(name, val)
4162 char_u *name;
4163 char_u *val;
4164{
4165#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4166 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4167#else
4168 char_u *envbuf;
4169
4170 /*
4171 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4172 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4173 */
4174 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4175 if (envbuf != NULL)
4176 {
4177 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4178 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4179 }
4180#endif
4181}
4182
4183#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4184/*
4185 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4186 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004187 char_u *
4188get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004189 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004190 int idx;
4191{
4192# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4193 /*
4194 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4195 */
4196 return NULL;
4197# else
4198# ifndef __WIN32__
4199 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4200 extern char **environ;
4201# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004202# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4203 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004204 char_u *str;
4205 int n;
4206
4207 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4208 if (str == NULL)
4209 return NULL;
4210
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004211 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004212 {
4213 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4214 break;
4215 name[n] = str[n];
4216 }
4217 name[n] = NUL;
4218 return name;
4219# endif
4220}
4221#endif
4222
4223/*
4224 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4225 * 'src'.
4226 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4227 */
4228 void
4229home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4230 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4231 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4232 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4233 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4234 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4235 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4236{
4237 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4238 size_t len;
4239 char_u *homedir_env;
4240 char_u *p;
4241
4242 if (src == NULL)
4243 {
4244 *dst = NUL;
4245 return;
4246 }
4247
4248 /*
4249 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4250 */
4251 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4252 {
4253 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4254 return;
4255 }
4256
4257 /*
4258 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4259 * "real" home directory.
4260 */
4261 if (homedir != NULL)
4262 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4263
4264#ifdef VMS
4265 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4266#else
4267 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4268#endif
4269
4270 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4271 homedir_env = NULL;
4272 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4273 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4274
4275 if (!one)
4276 src = skipwhite(src);
4277 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4278 {
4279 /*
4280 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4281 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4282 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4283 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4284 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4285 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4286 * er's home directory)).
4287 */
4288 p = homedir;
4289 len = dirlen;
4290 for (;;)
4291 {
4292 if ( len
4293 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4294 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4295 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4296 || src[len] == NUL))
4297 {
4298 src += len;
4299 if (--dstlen > 0)
4300 *dst++ = '~';
4301
4302 /*
4303 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4304 */
4305 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4306 *dst++ = '/';
4307 break;
4308 }
4309 if (p == homedir_env)
4310 break;
4311 p = homedir_env;
4312 len = envlen;
4313 }
4314
4315 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4316 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4317 *dst++ = *src++;
4318 /* skip separator */
4319 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4320 *dst++ = *src++;
4321 }
4322 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4323
4324 *dst = NUL;
4325}
4326
4327/*
4328 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4329 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4330 */
4331 char_u *
4332home_replace_save(buf, src)
4333 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4334 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4335{
4336 char_u *dst;
4337 unsigned len;
4338
4339 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4340 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4341 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4342 dst = alloc(len);
4343 if (dst != NULL)
4344 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4345 return dst;
4346}
4347
4348/*
4349 * Compare two file names and return:
4350 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4351 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4352 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4353 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4354 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4355 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4356 */
4357 int
4358fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4359 char_u *s1, *s2;
4360 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4361{
4362#ifdef UNIX
4363 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4364 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4365 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4366 struct stat st1, st2;
4367 int r1, r2;
4368
4369 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4370 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4371 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4372 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4373 {
4374 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4375 if (checkname)
4376 {
4377 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4378 return FPC_SAMEX;
4379 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4380 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4381 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4382 return FPC_SAMEX;
4383 }
4384 return FPC_NOTX;
4385 }
4386 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4387 return FPC_DIFFX;
4388 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4389 return FPC_SAME;
4390 return FPC_DIFF;
4391#else
4392 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4393 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4394 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4395 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4396 int r1, r2;
4397
4398 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4399 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4400 {
4401 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4402 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4403
4404 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4405 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4406 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4407
4408 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4409 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4410 {
4411 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4412 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4413 else
4414 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4415 }
4416 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4417 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4418 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4419 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4420 else
4421 retval = FPC_SAME;
4422 vim_free(exp1);
4423 }
4424 return retval;
4425#endif
4426}
4427
4428/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004429 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
4430 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004431 */
4432 char_u *
4433gettail(fname)
4434 char_u *fname;
4435{
4436 char_u *p1, *p2;
4437
4438 if (fname == NULL)
4439 return (char_u *)"";
4440 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4441 {
4442 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4443 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004444 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004445 }
4446 return p1;
4447}
4448
4449/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004450 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4451 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4452 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4453 */
4454 char_u *
4455gettail_sep(fname)
4456 char_u *fname;
4457{
4458 char_u *p;
4459 char_u *t;
4460
4461 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4462 t = gettail(fname);
4463 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4464 --t;
4465#ifdef VMS
4466 /* path separator is part of the path */
4467 ++t;
4468#endif
4469 return t;
4470}
4471
4472/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004473 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4474 */
4475 char_u *
4476getnextcomp(fname)
4477 char_u *fname;
4478{
4479 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004480 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004481 if (*fname)
4482 ++fname;
4483 return fname;
4484}
4485
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004486/*
4487 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4488 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4489 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4490 */
4491 char_u *
4492get_past_head(path)
4493 char_u *path;
4494{
4495 char_u *retval;
4496
4497#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4498 /* may skip "c:" */
4499 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4500 retval = path + 2;
4501 else
4502 retval = path;
4503#else
4504# if defined(AMIGA)
4505 /* may skip "label:" */
4506 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4507 if (retval == NULL)
4508 retval = path;
4509# else /* Unix */
4510 retval = path;
4511# endif
4512#endif
4513
4514 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4515 ++retval;
4516
4517 return retval;
4518}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004519
4520/*
4521 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4522 */
4523 int
4524vim_ispathsep(c)
4525 int c;
4526{
4527#ifdef RISCOS
4528 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4529#else
4530# ifdef UNIX
4531 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4532# else
4533# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4534 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4535# else
4536# ifdef VMS
4537 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4538 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4539 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004540# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004541 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004542# endif /* VMS */
4543# endif
4544# endif
4545#endif /* RISC OS */
4546}
4547
4548#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4549/*
4550 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4551 */
4552 int
4553vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4554 int c;
4555{
4556#ifdef UNIX
4557 return (c == ':');
4558#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004559 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004560#endif
4561}
4562#endif
4563
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004564#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4565 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4566/*
4567 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4568 * It's done in-place.
4569 */
4570 void
4571shorten_dir(str)
4572 char_u *str;
4573{
4574 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4575 int skip = FALSE;
4576
4577 tail = gettail(str);
4578 d = str;
4579 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4580 {
4581 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4582 {
4583 *d++ = *s;
4584 if (*s == NUL)
4585 break;
4586 }
4587 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4588 {
4589 *d++ = *s;
4590 skip = FALSE;
4591 }
4592 else if (!skip)
4593 {
4594 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4595 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4596 skip = TRUE;
4597# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4598 if (has_mbyte)
4599 {
4600 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4601
4602 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004603 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004604 }
4605# endif
4606 }
4607 }
4608}
4609#endif
4610
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004611/*
4612 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4613 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4614 * "fname" must be writable!.
4615 */
4616 int
4617dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4618 char_u *fname;
4619{
4620 char_u *p;
4621 int c;
4622 int retval;
4623
4624 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4625 if (p == fname)
4626 return TRUE;
4627 c = *p;
4628 *p = NUL;
4629 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4630 *p = c;
4631 return retval;
4632}
4633
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004634#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4635 || defined(PROTO)
4636/*
4637 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4638 */
4639 int
4640vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4641 char_u *x, *y;
4642{
4643 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4644}
4645
4646 int
4647vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4648 char_u *x, *y;
4649 size_t len;
4650{
4651 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4652 {
4653 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4654 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4655 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4656 break;
4657 ++x;
4658 ++y;
4659 --len;
4660 }
4661 if (len == 0)
4662 return 0;
4663 return (*x - *y);
4664}
4665#endif
4666
4667/*
4668 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004669 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004670 */
4671 char_u *
4672concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4673 char_u *fname1;
4674 char_u *fname2;
4675 int sep;
4676{
4677 char_u *dest;
4678
4679 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4680 if (dest != NULL)
4681 {
4682 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4683 if (sep)
4684 add_pathsep(dest);
4685 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4686 }
4687 return dest;
4688}
4689
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004690/*
4691 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4692 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4693 */
4694 char_u *
4695concat_str(str1, str2)
4696 char_u *str1;
4697 char_u *str2;
4698{
4699 char_u *dest;
4700 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4701
4702 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4703 if (dest != NULL)
4704 {
4705 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4706 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4707 }
4708 return dest;
4709}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004710
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004711/*
4712 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4713 * separator.
4714 */
4715 void
4716add_pathsep(p)
4717 char_u *p;
4718{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004719 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004720 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4721}
4722
4723/*
4724 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4725 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4726 */
4727 char_u *
4728FullName_save(fname, force)
4729 char_u *fname;
4730 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4731 like a full path name */
4732{
4733 char_u *buf;
4734 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4735
4736 if (fname == NULL)
4737 return NULL;
4738
4739 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4740 if (buf != NULL)
4741 {
4742 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4743 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4744 else
4745 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4746 vim_free(buf);
4747 }
4748 return new_fname;
4749}
4750
4751#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4752
4753static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4754
4755/*
4756 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4757 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4758 */
4759 pos_T *
4760find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4761 int ind_maxcomment;
4762{
4763 pos_T *pos;
4764 char_u *line;
4765 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004766 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004767
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004768 for (;;)
4769 {
4770 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4771 if (pos == NULL)
4772 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004773
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004774 /*
4775 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4776 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4777 */
4778 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004779 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004780 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004781 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004782 break;
4783 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4784 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4785 {
4786 pos = NULL;
4787 break;
4788 }
4789 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004790 return pos;
4791}
4792
4793/*
4794 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4795 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4796 */
4797 static char_u *
4798skip_string(p)
4799 char_u *p;
4800{
4801 int i;
4802
4803 /*
4804 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4805 */
4806 for ( ; ; ++p)
4807 {
4808 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4809 {
4810 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4811 break;
4812 i = 2;
4813 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4814 {
4815 ++i;
4816 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4817 ++i;
4818 }
4819 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4820 {
4821 p += i;
4822 continue;
4823 }
4824 }
4825 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4826 {
4827 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4828 {
4829 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4830 ++p;
4831 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4832 break;
4833 }
4834 if (p[0] == '"')
4835 continue;
4836 }
4837 break; /* no string found */
4838 }
4839 if (!*p)
4840 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4841 return p;
4842}
4843#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4844
4845#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4846
4847/*
4848 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4849 */
4850 void
4851do_c_expr_indent()
4852{
4853# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4854 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4855 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4856 else
4857# endif
4858 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4859}
4860
4861/*
4862 * Functions for C-indenting.
4863 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4864 */
4865/*
4866 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4867 */
4868
4869static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4870static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4871static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4872static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4873static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4874static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4875static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4876static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4877static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4878static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4879static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4880static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4881static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4882static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4883static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4884static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4885static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4886static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4887static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4888static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4889static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004890static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004891static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004892static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004893static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004894static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4895static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4896static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4897static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4898static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4899static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4900static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4901
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004902static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4903
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004904/*
4905 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004906 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004907 */
4908 static char_u *
4909cin_skipcomment(s)
4910 char_u *s;
4911{
4912 while (*s)
4913 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004914 char_u *prev_s = s;
4915
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004916 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004917
4918 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4919 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4920 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4921 {
4922 s += STRLEN(s);
4923 break;
4924 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004925 if (*s != '/')
4926 break;
4927 ++s;
4928 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4929 {
4930 s += STRLEN(s);
4931 break;
4932 }
4933 if (*s != '*')
4934 break;
4935 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
4936 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
4937 {
4938 s += 2;
4939 break;
4940 }
4941 }
4942 return s;
4943}
4944
4945/*
4946 * Return TRUE if there there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
4947 * not considered code.
4948 */
4949 static int
4950cin_nocode(s)
4951 char_u *s;
4952{
4953 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
4954}
4955
4956/*
4957 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
4958 */
4959 static pos_T *
4960find_line_comment() /* XXX */
4961{
4962 static pos_T pos;
4963 char_u *line;
4964 char_u *p;
4965
4966 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
4967 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
4968 {
4969 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
4970 p = skipwhite(line);
4971 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
4972 {
4973 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
4974 return &pos;
4975 }
4976 if (*p != NUL)
4977 break;
4978 }
4979 return NULL;
4980}
4981
4982/*
4983 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
4984 */
4985 static int
4986cin_islabel_skip(s)
4987 char_u **s;
4988{
4989 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
4990 return FALSE;
4991
4992 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
4993 (*s)++;
4994
4995 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
4996
4997 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
4998 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
4999}
5000
5001/*
5002 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5003 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5004 */
5005 int
5006cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5007 int ind_maxcomment;
5008{
5009 char_u *s;
5010
5011 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5012
5013 /*
5014 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5015 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5016 */
5017 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5018 return FALSE;
5019 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5020 return FALSE;
5021
5022 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5023 {
5024 /*
5025 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5026 * label.
5027 */
5028 pos_T cursor_save;
5029 pos_T *trypos;
5030 char_u *line;
5031
5032 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5033 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5034 {
5035 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5036
5037 /*
5038 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5039 */
5040 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5041 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5042 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5043
5044 line = ml_get_curline();
5045 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5046 continue;
5047 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5048 continue;
5049
5050 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5051 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5052 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005053 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005054 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5055 return TRUE;
5056 return FALSE;
5057 }
5058 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5059 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5060 }
5061 return FALSE;
5062}
5063
5064/*
5065 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5066 * Q&D-Implementation:
5067 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5068 */
5069 static int
5070cin_isinit(void)
5071{
5072 char_u *s;
5073
5074 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5075
5076 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5077 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5078
5079 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5080 return TRUE;
5081
5082 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5083 return TRUE;
5084
5085 return FALSE;
5086}
5087
5088/*
5089 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5090 */
5091 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005092cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005093 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005094 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005095{
5096 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5097 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5098 {
5099 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5100 {
5101 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5102 if (*s == ':')
5103 {
5104 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5105 ++s;
5106 else
5107 return TRUE;
5108 }
5109 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005110 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005111 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5112 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5113 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005114 {
5115 /* JS etc. */
5116 if (strict)
5117 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5118 else
5119 return TRUE;
5120 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005121 }
5122 return FALSE;
5123 }
5124
5125 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5126 return TRUE;
5127 return FALSE;
5128}
5129
5130/*
5131 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5132 */
5133 static int
5134cin_isdefault(s)
5135 char_u *s;
5136{
5137 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5138 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5139 && s[1] != ':');
5140}
5141
5142/*
5143 * Recognize a "public/private/proctected" scope declaration label.
5144 */
5145 int
5146cin_isscopedecl(s)
5147 char_u *s;
5148{
5149 int i;
5150
5151 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5152 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5153 i = 6;
5154 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5155 i = 9;
5156 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5157 i = 7;
5158 else
5159 return FALSE;
5160 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5161}
5162
5163/*
5164 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5165 * Return NULL if not found.
5166 * case 234: a = b;
5167 * ^
5168 */
5169 static char_u *
5170after_label(l)
5171 char_u *l;
5172{
5173 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5174 {
5175 if (*l == ':')
5176 {
5177 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5178 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005179 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005180 break;
5181 }
5182 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5183 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5184 }
5185 if (*l == NUL)
5186 return NULL;
5187 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5188 if (*l == NUL)
5189 return NULL;
5190 return l;
5191}
5192
5193/*
5194 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5195 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5196 */
5197 static int
5198get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5199 linenr_T lnum;
5200{
5201 char_u *l;
5202 pos_T fp;
5203 colnr_T col;
5204 char_u *p;
5205
5206 l = ml_get(lnum);
5207 p = after_label(l);
5208 if (p == NULL)
5209 return 0;
5210
5211 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5212 fp.lnum = lnum;
5213 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5214 return (int)col;
5215}
5216
5217/*
5218 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005219 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005220 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5221 * ^
5222 */
5223 static int
5224skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5225 linenr_T lnum;
5226 char_u **pp;
5227 int ind_maxcomment;
5228{
5229 char_u *l;
5230 int amount;
5231 pos_T cursor_save;
5232
5233 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5234 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5235 l = ml_get_curline();
5236 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005237 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5238 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005239 {
5240 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5241 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5242 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5243 l = ml_get_curline();
5244 }
5245 else
5246 {
5247 amount = get_indent();
5248 l = ml_get_curline();
5249 }
5250 *pp = l;
5251
5252 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5253 return amount;
5254}
5255
5256/*
5257 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5258 * int a, indent of "a"
5259 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5260 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5261 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5262 */
5263 static int
5264cin_first_id_amount()
5265{
5266 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5267 int len;
5268 pos_T fp;
5269 colnr_T col;
5270
5271 line = ml_get_curline();
5272 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005273 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005274 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5275 {
5276 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005277 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005278 }
5279 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5280 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5281 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5282 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5283 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5284 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5285 {
5286 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5287 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5288 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5289 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5290 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5291 p = s;
5292 }
5293 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5294 ;
5295 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5296 return 0;
5297
5298 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5299 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5300 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5301 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5302 return (int)col;
5303}
5304
5305/*
5306 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5307 * char *foo = "here";
5308 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5309 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5310 * foo = "asdf\
5311 * asdf\
5312 * here";
5313 */
5314 static int
5315cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5316 linenr_T lnum;
5317{
5318 char_u *line;
5319 char_u *s;
5320 colnr_T col;
5321 pos_T fp;
5322
5323 if (lnum > 1)
5324 {
5325 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5326 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5327 return -1;
5328 }
5329
5330 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5331 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5332 {
5333 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5334 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5335 else
5336 ++s;
5337 }
5338 if (*s != '=')
5339 return 0;
5340
5341 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5342 if (cin_nocode(s))
5343 return 0;
5344
5345 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5346 ++s;
5347
5348 fp.lnum = lnum;
5349 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5350 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5351 return (int)col;
5352}
5353
5354/*
5355 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5356 */
5357 static int
5358cin_ispreproc(s)
5359 char_u *s;
5360{
5361 s = skipwhite(s);
5362 if (*s == '#')
5363 return TRUE;
5364 return FALSE;
5365}
5366
5367/*
5368 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5369 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5370 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5371 */
5372 static int
5373cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5374 char_u **pp;
5375 linenr_T *lnump;
5376{
5377 char_u *line = *pp;
5378 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5379 int retval = FALSE;
5380
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005381 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005382 {
5383 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5384 {
5385 retval = TRUE;
5386 *lnump = lnum;
5387 break;
5388 }
5389 if (lnum == 1)
5390 break;
5391 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5392 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5393 break;
5394 }
5395
5396 if (lnum != *lnump)
5397 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5398 return retval;
5399}
5400
5401/*
5402 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5403 */
5404 static int
5405cin_iscomment(p)
5406 char_u *p;
5407{
5408 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5409}
5410
5411/*
5412 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5413 */
5414 static int
5415cin_islinecomment(p)
5416 char_u *p;
5417{
5418 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5419}
5420
5421/*
5422 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', '{' or '}'.
5423 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
5424 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5425 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5426 */
5427 static int
5428cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5429 char_u *s;
5430 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5431 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5432{
5433 char_u found_start = 0;
5434
5435 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5436
5437 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5438 found_start = *s;
5439
5440 while (*s)
5441 {
5442 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5443 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
5444 if ((*s == ';' || (incl_open && *s == '{') || *s == '}'
5445 || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
5446 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5447 return *s;
5448
5449 if (*s)
5450 s++;
5451 }
5452 return found_start;
5453}
5454
5455/*
5456 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5457 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5458 * no semicolons anywhere.
5459 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5460 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5461 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5462 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5463 */
5464 static int
5465cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5466 char_u **sp;
5467 linenr_T first_lnum;
5468{
5469 char_u *s;
5470 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5471 int retval = FALSE;
5472
5473 if (sp == NULL)
5474 s = ml_get(lnum);
5475 else
5476 s = *sp;
5477
5478 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5479 {
5480 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5481 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5482 else
5483 ++s;
5484 }
5485 if (*s != '(')
5486 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5487
5488 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5489 {
5490 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5491 {
5492 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5493 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5494 * #if defined(x) && \
5495 * defined(y)
5496 */
5497 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5498 s = ml_get(lnum);
5499 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5500 retval = TRUE;
5501 goto done;
5502 }
5503 if (*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5504 {
5505 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line */
5506 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5507 break;
5508
5509 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5510 }
5511 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5512 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5513 else
5514 ++s;
5515 }
5516
5517done:
5518 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5519 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5520
5521 return retval;
5522}
5523
5524 static int
5525cin_isif(p)
5526 char_u *p;
5527{
5528 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5529}
5530
5531 static int
5532cin_iselse(p)
5533 char_u *p;
5534{
5535 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5536 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5537 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5538}
5539
5540 static int
5541cin_isdo(p)
5542 char_u *p;
5543{
5544 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5545}
5546
5547/*
5548 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5549 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5550 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5551 */
5552 static int
5553cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5554 char_u *p;
5555 linenr_T lnum;
5556 int ind_maxparen;
5557{
5558 pos_T cursor_save;
5559 pos_T *trypos;
5560 int retval = FALSE;
5561
5562 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5563 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5564 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5565 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5566 {
5567 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5568 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5569 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5570 p = ml_get_curline();
5571 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5572 {
5573 ++p;
5574 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5575 }
5576 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5577 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5578 retval = TRUE;
5579 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5580 }
5581 return retval;
5582}
5583
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005584/*
5585 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5586 * do
5587 * nothing;
5588 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005589 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005590 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5591 */
5592 static int
5593cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5594 int terminated;
5595 int ind_maxparen;
5596 int ind_maxcomment;
5597{
5598 char_u *line;
5599 char_u *p;
5600 char_u *s;
5601 pos_T *trypos;
5602 int i;
5603
5604 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5605 return FALSE;
5606
5607 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5608 while (*p != NUL)
5609 {
5610 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5611 if (*p == ')')
5612 {
5613 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5614 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5615 {
5616 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5617 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005618 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005619 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5620 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5621 if (trypos != NULL)
5622 {
5623 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5624 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5625 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5626 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5627 {
5628 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5629 return TRUE;
5630 }
5631 }
5632
5633 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5634 line = ml_get_curline();
5635 p = line + i;
5636 }
5637 }
5638 if (*p != NUL)
5639 ++p;
5640 }
5641 return FALSE;
5642}
5643
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005644 static int
5645cin_isbreak(p)
5646 char_u *p;
5647{
5648 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5649}
5650
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005651/*
5652 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005653 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5654 *
5655 * class MyClass :
5656 * baseClass <-- here
5657 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5658 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5659 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5660 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005661 *
5662 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005663 */
5664 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005665cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005666 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005667{
5668 char_u *s;
5669 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005670 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005671 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005672
5673 *col = 0;
5674
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005675 s = skipwhite(line);
5676 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5677 return FALSE;
5678 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005679 if (*s == NUL)
5680 return FALSE;
5681
5682 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5683
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005684 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5685 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5686 * a = cond ?
5687 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005688 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005689 * func::foo()
5690 * : something
5691 * {}
5692 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5693 * : something(4),
5694 * somethingelse(3)
5695 * {}
5696 */
5697 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005698 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005699 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5700 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005701 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5702 break;
5703 while (*s != NUL)
5704 {
5705 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5706 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5707 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5708 break;
5709 if (*s != NUL)
5710 ++s;
5711 }
5712 if (*s != NUL)
5713 break;
5714 --lnum;
5715 }
5716
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005717 line = ml_get(lnum);
5718 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005719 for (;;)
5720 {
5721 if (*s == NUL)
5722 {
5723 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5724 break;
5725 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005726 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5727 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5728 if (*s == NUL)
5729 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005730 }
5731
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005732 if (s[0] == ':')
5733 {
5734 if (s[1] == ':')
5735 {
5736 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5737 * initialization any more */
5738 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5739 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5740 }
5741 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5742 {
5743 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005744 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005745 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5746 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5747 *col = 0;
5748 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5749 }
5750 else
5751 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5752 }
5753 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5754 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5755 {
5756 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5757 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5758
5759 if (*s == 'c')
5760 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5761 else
5762 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5763 }
5764 else
5765 {
5766 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5767 {
5768 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5769 }
5770 else if (s[0] == ')')
5771 {
5772 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5773 * something like "):" */
5774 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5775 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5776 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005777 else if (s[0] == '?')
5778 {
5779 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5780 return FALSE;
5781 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005782 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5783 {
5784 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5785 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5786 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5787 }
5788 else if (*col == 0)
5789 {
5790 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5791 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5792
5793 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005794 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005795 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5796 }
5797
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005798 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5799 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5800 *col = 0;
5801
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005802 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5803 }
5804 }
5805
5806 return cpp_base_class;
5807}
5808
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005809 static int
5810get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5811 int col;
5812 int ind_maxparen;
5813 int ind_maxcomment;
5814 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5815{
5816 int amount;
5817 colnr_T vcol;
5818 pos_T *trypos;
5819
5820 if (col == 0)
5821 {
5822 amount = get_indent();
5823 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5824 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5825 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5826 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5827 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5828 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5829 }
5830 else
5831 {
5832 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5833 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5834 amount = (int)vcol;
5835 }
5836 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5837 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5838 return amount;
5839}
5840
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005841/*
5842 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5843 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5844 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5845 */
5846 static int
5847cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5848 char_u *s;
5849 char_u *find;
5850 char_u *ignore;
5851{
5852 char_u *p = s;
5853 char_u *r;
5854 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5855
5856 while (*p != NUL)
5857 {
5858 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5859 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5860 {
5861 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5862 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5863 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5864 if (cin_nocode(r))
5865 return TRUE;
5866 }
5867 if (*p != NUL)
5868 ++p;
5869 }
5870 return FALSE;
5871}
5872
5873/*
5874 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5875 * Return the column found.
5876 */
5877 static int
5878cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5879 pos_T *trypos;
5880{
5881 char_u *line;
5882 char_u *p;
5883
5884 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5885 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5886 {
5887 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5888 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5889 else
5890 {
5891 p = skip_string(p);
5892 ++p;
5893 }
5894 }
5895 return (int)(p - line);
5896}
5897
5898/*
5899 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5900 * Return NULL if no match found.
5901 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
5902 * work. */
5903/* foo() */
5904/* { */
5905/* } */
5906
5907 static pos_T *
5908find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5909 int ind_maxcomment;
5910{
5911 pos_T cursor_save;
5912 pos_T *trypos;
5913 pos_T *pos;
5914 static pos_T pos_copy;
5915
5916 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5917 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
5918 {
5919 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
5920 trypos = &pos_copy;
5921 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5922 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005923 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005924 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
5925 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
5926 break;
5927 if (pos != NULL)
5928 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
5929 }
5930 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5931 return trypos;
5932}
5933
5934/*
5935 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
5936 * Return NULL of no match found.
5937 */
5938 static pos_T *
5939find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5940 int ind_maxparen;
5941 int ind_maxcomment;
5942{
5943 pos_T cursor_save;
5944 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005945 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005946
5947 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5948 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
5949 {
5950 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
5951 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
5952 trypos = NULL;
5953 else
5954 {
5955 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
5956 trypos = &pos_copy;
5957 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5958 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
5959 trypos = NULL;
5960 }
5961 }
5962 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5963 return trypos;
5964}
5965
5966/*
5967 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
5968 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
5969 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
5970 * looking a few lines further.
5971 */
5972 static int
5973corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
5974 int ind_maxparen;
5975 pos_T *startpos;
5976{
5977 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5978
5979 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
5980 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
5981 return ind_maxparen;
5982}
5983
5984/*
5985 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
5986 * line "l".
5987 */
5988 static int
5989find_last_paren(l, start, end)
5990 char_u *l;
5991 int start, end;
5992{
5993 int i;
5994 int retval = FALSE;
5995 int open_count = 0;
5996
5997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
5998
5999 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6000 {
6001 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6002 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6003 if (l[i] == start)
6004 ++open_count;
6005 else if (l[i] == end)
6006 {
6007 if (open_count > 0)
6008 --open_count;
6009 else
6010 {
6011 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6012 retval = TRUE;
6013 }
6014 }
6015 }
6016 return retval;
6017}
6018
6019 int
6020get_c_indent()
6021{
6022 /*
6023 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6024 * block should be
6025 */
6026 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6027
6028 /*
6029 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6030 * line is imagined to be.
6031 */
6032 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6033
6034 /*
6035 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not precededof by
6036 * an opening brace.
6037 */
6038 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6039
6040 /*
6041 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6042 */
6043 int ind_first_open = 0;
6044
6045 /*
6046 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6047 * located
6048 */
6049 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6050
6051 /*
6052 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6053 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6054 * brace should be located
6055 */
6056 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6057
6058 /*
6059 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6060 * column is imagined to be
6061 */
6062 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6063
6064 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006065 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6066 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6067 */
6068 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6069
6070 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006071 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6072 */
6073 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6074
6075 /*
6076 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6077 */
6078 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6079
6080 /*
6081 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6082 */
6083 int ind_case_break = 0;
6084
6085 /*
6086 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6087 * should be located
6088 */
6089 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6090
6091 /*
6092 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6093 */
6094 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6095
6096 /*
6097 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6098 */
6099 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6100
6101 /*
6102 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6103 */
6104 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6105
6106 /*
6107 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6108 * should be indented
6109 */
6110 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6111
6112 /*
6113 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6114 * should be located
6115 */
6116 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6117
6118 /*
6119 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6120 */
6121 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6122
6123 /*
6124 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6125 * itself is also unclosed
6126 */
6127 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6128
6129 /*
6130 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6131 * unclosed parentheses.
6132 */
6133 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6134
6135 /*
6136 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6137 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6138 * context (for very long lines).
6139 */
6140 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6141
6142 /*
6143 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6144 * an unclosed parentheses.
6145 */
6146 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6147
6148 /*
6149 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6150 * opening parentheses.
6151 */
6152 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6153
6154 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006155 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6156 */
6157 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6158
6159 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006160 * Extra indent for comments.
6161 */
6162 int ind_comment = 0;
6163
6164 /*
6165 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6166 */
6167 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6168
6169 /*
6170 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6171 * after the comment opener.
6172 */
6173 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6174
6175 /*
6176 * max lines to search for an open paren
6177 */
6178 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6179
6180 /*
6181 * max lines to search for an open comment
6182 */
6183 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6184
6185 /*
6186 * handle braces for java code
6187 */
6188 int ind_java = 0;
6189
6190 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006191 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6192 */
6193 int ind_js = 0;
6194
6195 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006196 * handle blocked cases correctly
6197 */
6198 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6199
6200 pos_T cur_curpos;
6201 int amount;
6202 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006203 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006204 colnr_T col;
6205 char_u *theline;
6206 char_u *linecopy;
6207 pos_T *trypos;
6208 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6209 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6210 char_u *start;
6211 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006212#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006213#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6214#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6215 linenr_T ourscope;
6216 char_u *l;
6217 char_u *look;
6218 char_u terminated;
6219 int lookfor;
6220#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6221#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6222#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6223#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6224#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6225#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6226#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6227#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6228#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6229#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6230#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6231
6232 int whilelevel;
6233 linenr_T lnum;
6234 char_u *options;
6235 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6236 int divider;
6237 int n;
6238 int iscase;
6239 int lookfor_break;
6240 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006241 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006242
6243 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6244 {
6245 l = options++;
6246 if (*options == '-')
6247 ++options;
6248 n = getdigits(&options);
6249 divider = 0;
6250 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6251 {
6252 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6253 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6254 {
6255 ++options;
6256 if (divider)
6257 divider *= 10;
6258 else
6259 divider = 10;
6260 }
6261 }
6262 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6263 {
6264 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6265 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6266 else
6267 {
6268 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6269 if (divider)
6270 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6271 }
6272 ++options;
6273 }
6274 if (l[1] == '-')
6275 n = -n;
6276 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006277 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006278 switch (*l)
6279 {
6280 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6281 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6282 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6283 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6284 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6285 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6286 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006287 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006288 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6289 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6290 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6291 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6292 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6293 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6294 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6295 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6296 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6297 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6298 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6299 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6300 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6301 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6302 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6303 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006304 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006305 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6306 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6307 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6308 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6309 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006310 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006311 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006312 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006313 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006314 if (*options == ',')
6315 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006316 }
6317
6318 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6319 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6320
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006321 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6322 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6323 return 0;
6324
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006325 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6326 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6327 * ml_get is valid! */
6328 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6329 if (linecopy == NULL)
6330 return 0;
6331
6332 /*
6333 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6334 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6335 * inserting new stuff.
6336 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6337 * check for that.
6338 */
6339 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006340 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006341 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6342 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6343
6344 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6345
6346 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6347
6348 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6349
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006350 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6351
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006352 /*
6353 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6354 */
6355 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6356 {
6357 amount = 0;
6358 }
6359
6360 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006361 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6362 * - JS flag is set.
6363 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006364 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006365 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006366 {
6367 amount = 0;
6368 }
6369
6370 /*
6371 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6372 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6373 */
6374 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6375 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6376 {
6377 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6378 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6379 amount = col;
6380 }
6381
6382 /*
6383 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6384 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6385 */
6386 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6387 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6388 {
6389 int lead_start_len = 2;
6390 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6391 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6392 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6393 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6394 char_u *p;
6395 int start_align = 0;
6396 int start_off = 0;
6397 int done = FALSE;
6398
6399 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6400 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6401 amount = col;
6402
6403 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6404 while (*p != NUL)
6405 {
6406 int align = 0;
6407 int off = 0;
6408 int what = 0;
6409
6410 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6411 {
6412 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6413 what = *p++;
6414 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6415 align = *p++;
6416 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6417 off = getdigits(&p);
6418 else
6419 ++p;
6420 }
6421
6422 if (*p == ':')
6423 ++p;
6424 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6425 if (what == COM_START)
6426 {
6427 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6428 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6429 start_off = off;
6430 start_align = align;
6431 }
6432 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6433 {
6434 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6435 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6436 }
6437 else if (what == COM_END)
6438 {
6439 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6440 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6441 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6442 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6443 {
6444 done = TRUE;
6445 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6446 {
6447 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006448 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006449 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6450 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6451 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6452 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6453 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6454 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6455 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6456 {
6457 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6458 break;
6459 }
6460 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6461 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6462 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6463 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6464 continue;
6465 }
6466 if (start_off != 0)
6467 amount += start_off;
6468 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006469 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6470 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006471 break;
6472 }
6473
6474 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6475 * with the middle comment */
6476 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6477 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6478 {
6479 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6480 /* XXX */
6481 if (off != 0)
6482 amount += off;
6483 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006484 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6485 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006486 done = TRUE;
6487 break;
6488 }
6489 }
6490 }
6491
6492 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6493 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6494 * with the first character of the comment text.
6495 */
6496 if (done)
6497 ;
6498 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6499 amount += 1;
6500 else
6501 {
6502 /*
6503 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6504 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6505 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6506 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6507 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6508 */
6509 amount = -1;
6510 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6511 {
6512 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6513 continue;
6514 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6515 break;
6516 }
6517 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6518 {
6519 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6520 {
6521 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6522 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6523 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6524 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6525 }
6526 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6527 amount = col;
6528 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6529 amount += ind_in_comment;
6530 }
6531 }
6532 }
6533
6534 /*
6535 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6536 */ /* XXX */
6537 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6538 && ind_java == 0)
6539 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6540 || trypos != NULL)
6541 {
6542 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6543 {
6544 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6545 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6546 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6547 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6548 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6549 trypos = NULL;
6550 else
6551 tryposBrace = NULL;
6552 }
6553
6554 if (trypos != NULL)
6555 {
6556 /*
6557 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6558 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6559 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006560 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006561 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006562 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6563 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6564 }
6565 else
6566 {
6567 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006568 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6569 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006570 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006571 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6572 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6573 continue;
6574 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6575 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6576 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006577
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006578 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6579 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6580 {
6581 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6582 continue;
6583 }
6584
6585 /* XXX */
6586 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6587 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006588 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006589 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6590 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6591 {
6592 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006593
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006594 if (theline[0] == ')')
6595 {
6596 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6597 && cur_amount > amount)
6598 cur_amount = amount;
6599 amount = -1;
6600 }
6601 break;
6602 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006603 }
6604 }
6605
6606 /*
6607 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6608 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6609 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6610 */
6611 if (amount == -1)
6612 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006613 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6614
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006615 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006616 look = skipwhite(look);
6617 if (*look == '(')
6618 {
6619 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6620 char_u *line;
6621 int look_col;
6622
6623 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6624 * our matching '('. */
6625 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6626 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006627 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006628 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6629 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6630 != NULL
6631 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6632 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6633 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6634
6635 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6636 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6637 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006638 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006639 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6640 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006641 {
6642 /*
6643 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6644 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6645 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6646 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6647 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6648 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6649 * lines).
6650 */
6651 if (theline[0] != ')')
6652 {
6653 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6654 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6655 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6656 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6657 {
6658 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6659 * for each additional level */
6660 n = 1;
6661 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6662 {
6663 switch (l[col])
6664 {
6665 case '(':
6666 case '{': ++n;
6667 break;
6668
6669 case ')':
6670 case '}': if (n > 1)
6671 --n;
6672 break;
6673 }
6674 }
6675
6676 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6677 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6678 }
6679 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6680 our_paren_pos.col++;
6681 else
6682 {
6683 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6684 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6685 col++;
6686 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6687 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6688 else
6689 our_paren_pos.col++;
6690 }
6691 }
6692
6693 /*
6694 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6695 * if we did the above "if".
6696 */
6697 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6698 {
6699 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6700 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6701 cur_amount = col;
6702 }
6703 }
6704
6705 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6706 {
6707 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6708 }
6709 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006710 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006711 {
6712 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6713 amount = cur_amount;
6714 }
6715 else
6716 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006717 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6718 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006719 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006720 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006721 {
6722 --our_paren_pos.col;
6723 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6724 {
6725 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6726 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6727 break;
6728 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6729 col = MAXCOL;
6730 break;
6731 }
6732 }
6733
6734 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6735 * braces */
6736 if (col == MAXCOL)
6737 amount += ind_unclosed;
6738 else
6739 {
6740 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6741 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
6742 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6743 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6744 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6745 else
6746 amount += ind_unclosed;
6747 }
6748 /*
6749 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6750 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6751 * lines:
6752 * func_long_name( if (x
6753 * arg && yy
6754 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6755 */
6756 if (cur_amount < amount)
6757 amount = cur_amount;
6758 }
6759 }
6760
6761 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6762 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6763 amount += ind_comment;
6764 }
6765
6766 /*
6767 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6768 */
6769 else
6770 {
6771 trypos = tryposBrace;
6772
6773 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6774 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6775
6776 /*
6777 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6778 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6779 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6780 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6781 */
6782 look = skipwhite(start);
6783 if (*look == '{')
6784 {
6785 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6786 amount = col;
6787 if (*start == '{')
6788 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6789 else
6790 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6791 }
6792 else
6793 {
6794 /*
6795 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6796 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6797 */
6798 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6799
6800 /*
6801 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6802 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6803 */
6804 lnum = ourscope;
6805 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6806 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6807 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6808 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6809
6810 /*
6811 * It could have been something like
6812 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6813 * ldfd) {
6814 * }
6815 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006816 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6817 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006818 amount = get_indent();
6819 else
6820 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6821
6822 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6823 }
6824
6825 /*
6826 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6827 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6828 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6829 */
6830 if (theline[0] == '}')
6831 {
6832 /*
6833 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6834 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6835 */
6836 amount += ind_close_extra;
6837 }
6838 else
6839 {
6840 /*
6841 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6842 * to match it with.
6843 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6844 * to match it with.
6845 */
6846 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6847 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6848 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6849 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6850 /* XXX */
6851 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6852 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6853 {
6854 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6855 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6856 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6857 {
6858 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6859 goto theend;
6860 }
6861 }
6862
6863 /*
6864 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6865 * failed to find a matching "if").
6866 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6867 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6868 */
6869
6870 /*
6871 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6872 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6873 * location for ind_open_extra.
6874 */
6875
6876 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6877 {
6878 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6879 }
6880 else
6881 {
6882 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6883 amount += ind_open_imag;
6884 else
6885 {
6886 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6887 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6888 if (amount < 0)
6889 amount = 0;
6890 }
6891 }
6892
6893 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6894
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006895 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006896 {
6897 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6898 amount += ind_case;
6899 }
6900 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
6901 {
6902 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
6903 amount += ind_scopedecl;
6904 }
6905 else
6906 {
6907 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
6908 lookfor_break = TRUE;
6909
6910 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6911 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
6912 }
6913 scope_amount = amount;
6914 whilelevel = 0;
6915
6916 /*
6917 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
6918 * with that.
6919 *
6920 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
6921 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
6922 * that opens the block.
6923 */
6924 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
6925 for (;;)
6926 {
6927 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
6928 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6929
6930 /*
6931 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
6932 * up with it.
6933 */
6934 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
6935 {
6936 /* we reached end of scope:
6937 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
6938 * go further back:
6939 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
6940 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
6941 * declaration:
6942 * int x,
6943 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
6944 */
6945 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
6946 {
6947 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
6948 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
6949 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
6950 {
6951 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
6952 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
6953 * initialization) */
6954 if (cont_amount > 0)
6955 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006956 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006957 amount += ind_continuation;
6958 break;
6959 }
6960
6961 l = ml_get_curline();
6962
6963 /*
6964 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
6965 * comment.
6966 */
6967 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
6968 if (trypos != NULL)
6969 {
6970 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00006971 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006972 continue;
6973 }
6974
6975 /*
6976 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
6977 */
6978 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6979 continue;
6980
6981 if (cin_nocode(l))
6982 continue;
6983
6984 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
6985
6986 /*
6987 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
6988 * function declaration, we are done
6989 * (it's a variable declaration).
6990 */
6991 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
6992 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
6993 {
6994 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
6995 * it is a continued variable initialization.
6996 * don't add extra indent.
6997 * TODO: does not work, if a function
6998 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
6999 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7000 */
7001 if (terminated == ',')
7002 break;
7003
7004 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7005 * we are done.
7006 */
7007 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7008 break;
7009
7010 /* nothing useful found */
7011 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7012 continue;
7013 }
7014
7015 if (terminated != ';')
7016 {
7017 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7018 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7019 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7020 */ /* XXX */
7021 trypos = NULL;
7022 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7023 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7024 ind_maxcomment);
7025
7026 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7027 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7028
7029 if (trypos != NULL)
7030 {
7031 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007032 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007033 continue;
7034 }
7035 }
7036
7037 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7038 * like in
7039 * int a,
7040 * b;
7041 */
7042 if (cont_amount > 0)
7043 amount = cont_amount;
7044 else
7045 amount += ind_continuation;
7046 }
7047 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7048 {
7049 if (cont_amount > 0)
7050 amount = cont_amount;
7051 else
7052 amount += ind_continuation;
7053 }
7054 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7055 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7056 {
7057 amount = scope_amount;
7058 if (theline[0] == '{')
7059 amount += ind_open_extra;
7060 }
7061 break;
7062 }
7063
7064 /*
7065 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7066 */ /* XXX */
7067 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7068 {
7069 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007070 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007071 continue;
7072 }
7073
7074 l = ml_get_curline();
7075
7076 /*
7077 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007078 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007079 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007080 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007081 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7082 {
7083 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7084 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7085 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7086 break;
7087
7088 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7089 * labels. */
7090 if (whilelevel > 0)
7091 continue;
7092
7093 /*
7094 * case xx:
7095 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7096 *-> here;
7097 */
7098 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7099 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7100 {
7101 if (cont_amount > 0)
7102 amount = cont_amount;
7103 else
7104 amount += ind_continuation;
7105 break;
7106 }
7107
7108 /*
7109 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7110 * x = 333;
7111 * case yy:
7112 */
7113 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7114 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7115 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7116 {
7117 /*
7118 * Check that this case label is not for another
7119 * switch()
7120 */ /* XXX */
7121 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7122 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7123 {
7124 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7125 break;
7126 }
7127 continue;
7128 }
7129
7130 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7131
7132 /*
7133 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7134 * y = y + 1;
7135 * -> s = 99;
7136 *
7137 * case xx:
7138 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7139 * y = y + 1;
7140 * -> s = 99;
7141 */
7142 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7143 {
7144 if (n)
7145 amount = n;
7146
7147 if (!lookfor_break)
7148 break;
7149 }
7150
7151 /*
7152 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7153 * -> y = y + 1;
7154 *
7155 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7156 * -> y = y + 1;
7157 */
7158 if (n)
7159 {
7160 amount = n;
7161 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7162 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007163 {
7164 if (theline[0] == '{')
7165 amount += ind_open_extra;
7166 else
7167 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7168 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007169 break;
7170 }
7171
7172 /*
7173 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7174 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7175 * switch label.
7176 * break; <- may line up with this line
7177 * case xx:
7178 * -> y = 1;
7179 */
7180 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7181 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7182 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7183 continue;
7184 }
7185
7186 /*
7187 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7188 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7189 */
7190 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7191 {
7192 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7193 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007194 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007195 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007196 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7197 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007198 continue;
7199 }
7200
7201 /*
7202 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7203 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007204 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007205 {
7206 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7207 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7208 continue;
7209 }
7210
7211 /*
7212 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7213 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7214 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7215 * unlocked it)
7216 */
7217 l = ml_get_curline();
7218 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7219 || cin_nocode(l))
7220 continue;
7221
7222 /*
7223 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7224 * constructor initialization?
7225 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007226 n = FALSE;
7227 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7228 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007229 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007230 l = ml_get_curline();
7231 }
7232 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007233 {
7234 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7235 {
7236 if (cont_amount > 0)
7237 amount = cont_amount;
7238 else
7239 amount += ind_continuation;
7240 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007241 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007242 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007243 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7244 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7245 ind_continuation = 0;
7246 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007247 }
7248 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007249 /* XXX */
7250 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7251 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007252 break;
7253 }
7254 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7255 {
7256 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007257 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7258 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007259 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7260 break;
7261 else
7262 continue;
7263 }
7264
7265 /*
7266 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7267 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007268 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007269 * 123,
7270 * sizeof
7271 * here
7272 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7273 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7274 * (indented).
7275 */
7276 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7277
7278 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7279 && terminated == ','))
7280 {
7281 /*
7282 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7283 * go back to the line that starts it so
7284 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7285 * if ( foo &&
7286 * bar )
7287 */
7288 /*
7289 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7290 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7291 */
7292 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7293 trypos = find_match_paren(
7294 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7295 ind_maxcomment);
7296
7297 /*
7298 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7299 * braces.
7300 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007301 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7302 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007303 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7304
7305 if (trypos != NULL)
7306 {
7307 /*
7308 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7309 * handled above.
7310 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7311 * asdf)
7312 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007313 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007314 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007315 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007316 {
7317 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007318 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007319 continue;
7320 }
7321 }
7322
7323 /*
7324 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7325 * indent from
7326 * char *usethis = "bla\
7327 * bla",
7328 * here;
7329 */
7330 if (terminated == ',')
7331 {
7332 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7333 {
7334 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7335 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7336 break;
7337 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007338 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007339 }
7340 }
7341
7342 /*
7343 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7344 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7345 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007346 if (!ind_js)
7347 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007348 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007349 else
7350 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007351 /*
7352 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7353 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7354 * while (not)
7355 * -> {
7356 * }
7357 */
7358 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7359 && theline[0] == '{')
7360 {
7361 amount = cur_amount;
7362 /*
7363 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7364 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7365 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7366 * { 1, 2 },
7367 * -> { 3, 4 }
7368 */
7369 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7370 amount += ind_open_extra;
7371
7372 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7373 {
7374 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7375 * class declaration or initialization */
7376 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7377 continue;
7378 }
7379 break;
7380 }
7381
7382 /*
7383 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7384 * Also allow " } else".
7385 */
7386 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7387 {
7388 /*
7389 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7390 * with the last one.
7391 * if (cond)
7392 * 100 +
7393 * -> here;
7394 */
7395 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7396 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7397 {
7398 if (cont_amount > 0)
7399 amount = cont_amount;
7400 else
7401 amount += ind_continuation;
7402 break;
7403 }
7404
7405 /*
7406 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7407 * are finished.
7408 * while (not)
7409 * -> here;
7410 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7411 * before this is terminated.
7412 * yyy;
7413 * if (stat)
7414 * while (not)
7415 * xxx;
7416 * -> here;
7417 */
7418 amount = cur_amount;
7419 if (theline[0] == '{')
7420 amount += ind_open_extra;
7421 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7422 {
7423 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7424 break;
7425 }
7426
7427 /*
7428 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7429 * do, line up with the while()
7430 * do
7431 * x = 1;
7432 * -> here
7433 */
7434 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7435 if (cin_isdo(l))
7436 {
7437 if (whilelevel == 0)
7438 break;
7439 --whilelevel;
7440 }
7441
7442 /*
7443 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7444 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7445 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7446 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7447 */
7448 if (cin_iselse(l)
7449 && whilelevel == 0
7450 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7451 == NULL
7452 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7453 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7454 break;
7455 }
7456
7457 /*
7458 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7459 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007460 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007461 * the line before this one.
7462 */
7463 else
7464 {
7465 /*
7466 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7467 * the last one.
7468 * c = 99 +
7469 * 100 +
7470 * -> here;
7471 */
7472 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7473 {
7474 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7475 if (terminated == ',')
7476 amount += ind_continuation;
7477 break;
7478 }
7479
7480 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7481 {
7482 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7483 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7484 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7485 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7486 * enumerations/initializations. */
7487 if (terminated == ',')
7488 {
7489 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7490 break;
7491
7492 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7493 continue;
7494 }
7495
7496 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7497 * reduce indent. */
7498 if (amount > cur_amount)
7499 amount = cur_amount;
7500 }
7501 else
7502 {
7503 /*
7504 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7505 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7506 * 100 +
7507 * -> here;
7508 */
7509 amount = cur_amount;
7510
7511 /*
7512 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7513 * are in an initialization or enum
7514 * struct xxx =
7515 * {
7516 * sizeof a,
7517 * 124 };
7518 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7519 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7520 * yet.
7521 */
7522 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7523 {
7524 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7525 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7526 }
7527 else
7528 {
7529 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7530 && *l != NUL
7531 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7532 /* XXX */
7533 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7534 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7535 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7536 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7537 }
7538 }
7539 }
7540 }
7541
7542 /*
7543 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7544 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7545 */
7546 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007547 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7548 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007549 {
7550 /*
7551 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7552 * with the last one.
7553 * while (cond);
7554 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7555 * -> here;
7556 */
7557 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7558 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7559 {
7560 if (cont_amount > 0)
7561 amount = cont_amount;
7562 else
7563 amount += ind_continuation;
7564 break;
7565 }
7566
7567 if (whilelevel == 0)
7568 {
7569 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7570 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7571 if (theline[0] == '{')
7572 amount += ind_open_extra;
7573 }
7574 ++whilelevel;
7575 }
7576
7577 /*
7578 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7579 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7580 * indent of that other statement.
7581 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7582 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7583 */
7584 else
7585 {
7586 /*
7587 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7588 * may be lined up with the case label.
7589 */
7590 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7591 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7592 {
7593 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7594 continue;
7595 }
7596
7597 /*
7598 * Handle "do {" line.
7599 */
7600 if (whilelevel > 0)
7601 {
7602 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7603 if (cin_isdo(l))
7604 {
7605 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7606 --whilelevel;
7607 continue;
7608 }
7609 }
7610
7611 /*
7612 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7613 * the amount for a continuation line.
7614 * x = 1;
7615 * y = foo +
7616 * -> here;
7617 * or
7618 * int x = 1;
7619 * int foo,
7620 * -> here;
7621 */
7622 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7623 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7624 {
7625 if (cont_amount > 0)
7626 amount = cont_amount;
7627 else
7628 amount += ind_continuation;
7629 break;
7630 }
7631
7632 /*
7633 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7634 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7635 * x = 1; x = 1;
7636 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7637 * while (asdf) ->here;
7638 * here;
7639 * ->foo;
7640 */
7641 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7642 {
7643 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7644 break;
7645 }
7646
7647 /*
7648 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7649 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7650 * a terminated line.
7651 */
7652 else
7653 {
7654 /*
7655 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7656 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7657 * the line. Helps for:
7658 * func(asdr,
7659 * asdfasdf);
7660 * here;
7661 */
7662term_again:
7663 l = ml_get_curline();
7664 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7665 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7666 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7667 {
7668 /*
7669 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7670 * handled above.
7671 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7672 * asdf)
7673 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007674 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007675 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007676 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007677 {
7678 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007679 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007680 continue;
7681 }
7682 }
7683
7684 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7685 * with a statement after it.
7686 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7687 * stat;
7688 * }
7689 * case 2:
7690 * stat;
7691 * }
7692 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007693 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007694
7695 /*
7696 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7697 * ignoring any jump label.
7698 */
7699 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7700 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7701
7702 if (theline[0] == '{')
7703 amount += ind_open_extra;
7704 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007705 l = skipwhite(l);
7706 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007707 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7708 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7709
7710 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007711 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7712 * the matching "if":
7713 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007714 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007715 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7716 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7717 */
7718 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7719 && *l != '}'
7720 && cin_iselse(l)
7721 && whilelevel == 0)
7722 {
7723 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7724 == NULL
7725 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7726 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7727 break;
7728 continue;
7729 }
7730
7731 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007732 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7733 * that block.
7734 */
7735 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7736 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7737 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7738 != NULL) /* XXX */
7739 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007740 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007741 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7742 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7743 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7744 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7745 goto term_again;
7746 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007747 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007748 }
7749 }
7750 }
7751 }
7752 }
7753 }
7754
7755 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7756 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7757 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007758
7759 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7760 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7761 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007762 }
7763
7764 /*
7765 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7766 *
7767 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7768 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7769 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7770 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7771 */
7772 else
7773 {
7774 /*
7775 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7776 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7777 * of a function
7778 */
7779
7780 if (theline[0] == '{')
7781 {
7782 amount = ind_first_open;
7783 }
7784
7785 /*
7786 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7787 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007788 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7789 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7790 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007791 */
7792 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7793 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007794 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7795 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007796 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7797 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7798 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7799 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7800 {
7801 amount = ind_func_type;
7802 }
7803 else
7804 {
7805 amount = 0;
7806 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7807
7808 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7809
7810 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7811 {
7812 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7813 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7814
7815 l = ml_get_curline();
7816
7817 /*
7818 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7819 */ /* XXX */
7820 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7821 {
7822 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007823 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007824 continue;
7825 }
7826
7827 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007828 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7829 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007830 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007831 n = FALSE;
7832 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7833 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007834 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007835 l = ml_get_curline();
7836 }
7837 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007838 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007839 /* XXX */
7840 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7841 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007842 break;
7843 }
7844
7845 /*
7846 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7847 */
7848 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7849 continue;
7850
7851 if (cin_nocode(l))
7852 continue;
7853
7854 /*
7855 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7856 * indentation:
7857 * int foo,
7858 * bar;
7859 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7860 * enum foobar
7861 * {
7862 * ...
7863 * } foo,
7864 * bar;
7865 */
7866 n = 0;
7867 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7868 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7869 {
7870 /* take us back to opening paren */
7871 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7872 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7873 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007874 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007875
7876 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7877 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7878 * char *foo = "bla\
7879 * bla",
7880 * here;
7881 */
7882 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7883 {
7884 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7885 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7886 break;
7887 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007888 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007889 }
7890
7891 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7892
7893 if (amount == 0)
7894 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7895 if (amount == 0)
7896 amount = ind_continuation;
7897 break;
7898 }
7899
7900 /*
7901 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
7902 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
7903 */
7904 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
7905 break;
7906 l = ml_get_curline();
7907
7908 /*
7909 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
7910 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
7911 */
7912 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
7913 break;
7914
7915 /* (matching {)
7916 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
7917 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
7918 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
7919 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
7920 */
7921 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
7922 break;
7923
7924 /*
7925 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
7926 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
7927 * parameters.
7928 */
7929 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7930 {
7931 amount = ind_param;
7932 break;
7933 }
7934
7935 /*
7936 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
7937 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
7938 * int foo,
7939 * bar;
7940 * indent_to_0 here;
7941 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007942 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007943 {
7944 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7945 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7946 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
7947 break;
7948 l = ml_get_curline();
7949 }
7950
7951 /*
7952 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
7953 * use the indent of this line.
7954 *
7955 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7956 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7957 */
7958 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7959
7960 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7961 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007962 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007963 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7964 break;
7965 }
7966
7967 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7968 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7969 amount += ind_comment;
7970
7971 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
7972 * "asdfasdf\
7973 * here";
7974 * char *foo = "asdf\
7975 * here";
7976 */
7977 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
7978 {
7979 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7980 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7981 {
7982 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
7983 if (cur_amount > 0)
7984 amount = cur_amount;
7985 else if (cur_amount == 0)
7986 amount += ind_continuation;
7987 }
7988 }
7989 }
7990 }
7991
7992theend:
7993 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
7994 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7995
7996 vim_free(linecopy);
7997
7998 if (amount < 0)
7999 return 0;
8000 return amount;
8001}
8002
8003 static int
8004find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8005 int lookfor;
8006 linenr_T ourscope;
8007 int ind_maxparen;
8008 int ind_maxcomment;
8009{
8010 char_u *look;
8011 pos_T *theirscope;
8012 char_u *mightbeif;
8013 int elselevel;
8014 int whilelevel;
8015
8016 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8017 {
8018 elselevel = 1;
8019 whilelevel = 0;
8020 }
8021 else
8022 {
8023 elselevel = 0;
8024 whilelevel = 1;
8025 }
8026
8027 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8028
8029 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8030 {
8031 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8032 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8033
8034 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8035 if (cin_iselse(look)
8036 || cin_isif(look)
8037 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8038 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8039 {
8040 /*
8041 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8042 * we must be out of scope...
8043 */
8044 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8045 if (theirscope == NULL)
8046 break;
8047
8048 /*
8049 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8050 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8051 * out of luck too.
8052 */
8053 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8054 break;
8055
8056 /*
8057 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8058 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8059 * different scope...
8060 */
8061 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8062 continue;
8063
8064 /*
8065 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8066 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8067 * increment elselevel
8068 */
8069 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8070 if (cin_iselse(look))
8071 {
8072 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8073 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8074 ++elselevel;
8075 continue;
8076 }
8077
8078 /*
8079 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8080 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8081 */
8082 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8083 {
8084 ++whilelevel;
8085 continue;
8086 }
8087
8088 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8089 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8090 if (cin_isif(look))
8091 {
8092 elselevel--;
8093 /*
8094 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8095 * get in the way.
8096 */
8097 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8098 whilelevel = 0;
8099 }
8100
8101 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8102 if (cin_isdo(look))
8103 whilelevel--;
8104
8105 /*
8106 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8107 * this must be the if that we want!
8108 * match the indent level of that if.
8109 */
8110 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8111 {
8112 return OK;
8113 }
8114 }
8115 }
8116 return FAIL;
8117}
8118
8119# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8120/*
8121 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8122 */
8123 int
8124get_expr_indent()
8125{
8126 int indent;
8127 pos_T pos;
8128 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008129 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8130 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008131
8132 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8133 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008134 if (use_sandbox)
8135 ++sandbox;
8136 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008137 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008138 if (use_sandbox)
8139 --sandbox;
8140 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008141
8142 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8143 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8144 * command. */
8145 save_State = State;
8146 State = INSERT;
8147 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8148 check_cursor();
8149 State = save_State;
8150
8151 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8152 if (indent < 0)
8153 indent = get_indent();
8154
8155 return indent;
8156}
8157# endif
8158
8159#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8160
8161#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8162
8163static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8164
8165 static int
8166lisp_match(p)
8167 char_u *p;
8168{
8169 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8170 int len;
8171 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8172
8173 while (*word != NUL)
8174 {
8175 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8176 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8177 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8178 return TRUE;
8179 }
8180 return FALSE;
8181}
8182
8183/*
8184 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8185 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8186 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8187 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8188 *
8189 * TODO:
8190 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8191 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8192 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8193 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8194 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8195 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008196 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8197 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008198 */
8199 int
8200get_lisp_indent()
8201{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008202 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008203 int amount;
8204 char_u *that;
8205 colnr_T col;
8206 colnr_T firsttry;
8207 int parencount, quotecount;
8208 int vi_lisp;
8209
8210 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8211 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8212
8213 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8214 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8215
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008216 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8217 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8218 else
8219 {
8220 paren = *pos;
8221 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8222 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8223 pos = &paren;
8224 }
8225 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008226 {
8227 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8228 * line that is at the same () level. */
8229 amount = -1;
8230 parencount = 0;
8231
8232 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8233 {
8234 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8235 continue;
8236 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8237 {
8238 if (*that == ';')
8239 {
8240 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8241 ++that;
8242 continue;
8243 }
8244 if (*that == '\\')
8245 {
8246 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8247 ++that;
8248 continue;
8249 }
8250 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8251 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008252 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8253 {
8254 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8255 if (*that == '\\')
8256 {
8257 if (*++that == NUL)
8258 break;
8259 if (that[1] == NUL)
8260 {
8261 ++that;
8262 break;
8263 }
8264 }
8265 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008266 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008267 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008268 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008269 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008270 --parencount;
8271 }
8272 if (parencount == 0)
8273 {
8274 amount = get_indent();
8275 break;
8276 }
8277 }
8278
8279 if (amount == -1)
8280 {
8281 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8282 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8283 col = pos->col;
8284
8285 that = ml_get_curline();
8286
8287 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8288 amount = 2;
8289 else
8290 {
8291 amount = 0;
8292 while (*that && col)
8293 {
8294 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8295 col--;
8296 }
8297
8298 /*
8299 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8300 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8301 *
8302 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8303 * (...)) of (...))
8304 */
8305
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008306 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8307 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008308 amount += 2;
8309 else
8310 {
8311 that++;
8312 amount++;
8313 firsttry = amount;
8314
8315 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8316 {
8317 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8318 ++that;
8319 }
8320
8321 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8322 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008323 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008324 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008325 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008326 firsttry++;
8327
8328 parencount = 0;
8329 quotecount = 0;
8330
8331 if (vi_lisp
8332 || (*that != '"'
8333 && *that != '\''
8334 && *that != '#'
8335 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8336 {
8337 while (*that
8338 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8339 || quotecount
8340 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008341 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008342 && !quotecount
8343 && !parencount
8344 && vi_lisp)))
8345 {
8346 if (*that == '"')
8347 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008348 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8349 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008350 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008351 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8352 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008353 --parencount;
8354 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8355 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8356 (colnr_T)amount);
8357 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8358 (colnr_T)amount);
8359 }
8360 }
8361 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8362 {
8363 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8364 that++;
8365 }
8366 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8367 amount = firsttry;
8368 }
8369 }
8370 }
8371 }
8372 }
8373 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008374 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008375
8376 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8377
8378 return amount;
8379}
8380#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8381
8382 void
8383prepare_to_exit()
8384{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008385#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8386 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8387 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8388 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008389 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8390#endif
8391
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008392#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8393 if (gui.in_use)
8394 {
8395 gui.dying = TRUE;
8396 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8397 }
8398 else
8399#endif
8400 {
8401 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8402
8403 /*
8404 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8405 * screen (if there are two screens).
8406 */
8407 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8408#ifdef WIN3264
8409 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8410#endif
8411 stoptermcap();
8412 out_flush();
8413 }
8414}
8415
8416/*
8417 * Preserve files and exit.
8418 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8419 */
8420 void
8421preserve_exit()
8422{
8423 buf_T *buf;
8424
8425 prepare_to_exit();
8426
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008427 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8428 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8429 really_exiting = TRUE;
8430
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008431 out_str(IObuff);
8432 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8433 out_flush();
8434
8435 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8436
8437 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8438 {
8439 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8440 {
8441 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8442 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8443 out_flush();
8444 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8445 break;
8446 }
8447 }
8448
8449 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8450
8451 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8452
8453 getout(1);
8454}
8455
8456/*
8457 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8458 */
8459 int
8460vim_fexists(fname)
8461 char_u *fname;
8462{
8463 struct stat st;
8464
8465 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8466 return FALSE;
8467 return TRUE;
8468}
8469
8470/*
8471 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8472 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8473 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8474 * time, because it can be a system call.
8475 */
8476
8477#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8478# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8479# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8480# else
8481# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8482# endif
8483#endif
8484
8485static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8486
8487 void
8488line_breakcheck()
8489{
8490 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8491 {
8492 breakcheck_count = 0;
8493 ui_breakcheck();
8494 }
8495}
8496
8497/*
8498 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8499 */
8500 void
8501fast_breakcheck()
8502{
8503 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8504 {
8505 breakcheck_count = 0;
8506 ui_breakcheck();
8507 }
8508}
8509
8510/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008511 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8512 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8513 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8514 */
8515 int
8516expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8517 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8518 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8519 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8520 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8521{
8522 int ret = FAIL;
8523 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8524 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8525 char_u *ignored_msg;
8526 int usedlen;
8527
8528 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8529 {
8530 ++emsg_off;
8531 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8532 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8533 --emsg_off;
8534 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8535 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8536 }
8537
8538 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8539 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8540
8541 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8542 {
8543 vim_free(exp_pat);
8544 vim_free(eval_pat);
8545 }
8546
8547 return ret;
8548}
8549
8550/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008551 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8552 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008553 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008554 */
8555 int
8556expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8557 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8558 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8559 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8560 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8561 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8562{
8563 int retval;
8564 int i, j;
8565 char_u *p;
8566 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8567
8568 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8569
8570 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008571 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008572 return retval;
8573
8574#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8575 /*
8576 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8577 */
8578 if (*p_wig)
8579 {
8580 char_u *ffname;
8581
8582 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8583 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8584 {
8585 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8586 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8587 break;
8588# ifdef VMS
8589 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8590# endif
8591 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8592 {
8593 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8594 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8595 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8596 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8597 --*num_file;
8598 --i;
8599 }
8600 vim_free(ffname);
8601 }
8602 }
8603#endif
8604
8605 /*
8606 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8607 */
8608 if (*num_file > 1)
8609 {
8610 non_suf_match = 0;
8611 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8612 {
8613 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8614 {
8615 /*
8616 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8617 * of the list.
8618 */
8619 p = (*file)[i];
8620 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8621 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8622 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8623 }
8624 }
8625 }
8626
8627 return retval;
8628}
8629
8630/*
8631 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8632 */
8633 int
8634match_suffix(fname)
8635 char_u *fname;
8636{
8637 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8638 char_u *setsuf;
8639#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8640 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8641
8642 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8643 setsuflen = 0;
8644 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8645 {
8646 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008647 if (setsuflen == 0)
8648 {
8649 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8650
8651 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8652 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8653 {
8654 setsuflen = 1;
8655 break;
8656 }
8657 }
8658 else
8659 {
8660 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8661 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8662 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8663 break;
8664 setsuflen = 0;
8665 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008666 }
8667 return (setsuflen != 0);
8668}
8669
8670#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8671
8672# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8673static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8674static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8675# endif
8676
8677# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8678/*
8679 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8680 * it's shared between these systems.
8681 */
8682# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8683# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8684# else
8685# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8686# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8687# endif
8688# endif
8689
8690/*
8691 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8692 */
8693 static int _cdecl
8694pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8695{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008696 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008697}
8698
8699# ifndef WIN3264
8700 static void
8701namelowcpy(
8702 char_u *d,
8703 char_u *s)
8704{
8705# ifdef DJGPP
8706 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8707 while (*s)
8708 *d++ = *s++;
8709 else
8710# endif
8711 while (*s)
8712 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8713 *d = NUL;
8714}
8715# endif
8716
8717/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008718 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8719 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008720 * Return the number of matches found.
8721 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8722 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008723 * Return the number of matches found.
8724 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008725 */
8726 static int
8727dos_expandpath(
8728 garray_T *gap,
8729 char_u *path,
8730 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008731 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008732 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008733{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008734 char_u *buf;
8735 char_u *path_end;
8736 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8737 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8738 char_u *pat;
8739 regmatch_T regmatch;
8740 int starts_with_dot;
8741 int matches;
8742 int len;
8743 int starstar = FALSE;
8744 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008745#ifdef WIN3264
8746 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8747 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8748# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8749 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8750 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8751# endif
8752#else
8753 struct ffblk fb;
8754#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008755 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008756 int ok;
8757
8758 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8759 if (stardepth > 0)
8760 {
8761 ui_breakcheck();
8762 if (got_int)
8763 return 0;
8764 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008765
8766 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008767 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008768 if (buf == NULL)
8769 return 0;
8770
8771 /*
8772 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8773 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8774 */
8775 p = buf;
8776 s = buf;
8777 e = NULL;
8778 path_end = path;
8779 while (*path_end != NUL)
8780 {
8781 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8782 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8783 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8784 *p++ = *path_end++;
8785 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8786 {
8787 if (e != NULL)
8788 break;
8789 s = p + 1;
8790 }
8791 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8792 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8793 e = p;
8794#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8795 if (has_mbyte)
8796 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008797 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008798 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8799 p += len;
8800 path_end += len;
8801 }
8802 else
8803#endif
8804 *p++ = *path_end++;
8805 }
8806 e = p;
8807 *e = NUL;
8808
8809 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8810 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8811 * component. */
8812 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8813 if (rem_backslash(p))
8814 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008815 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008816 --e;
8817 --s;
8818 }
8819
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008820 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8821 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8822 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8823 starstar = TRUE;
8824
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008825 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8826 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8827 if (pat == NULL)
8828 {
8829 vim_free(buf);
8830 return 0;
8831 }
8832
8833 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8834 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8835 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8836 vim_free(pat);
8837
8838 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8839 {
8840 vim_free(buf);
8841 return 0;
8842 }
8843
8844 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8845 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8846
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008847 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8848 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8849 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8850 && *path_end == '/')
8851 {
8852 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8853 ++stardepth;
8854 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8855 --stardepth;
8856 }
8857
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008858 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8859 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8860#ifdef WIN3264
8861# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8862 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8863 {
8864 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8865 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8866 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008867 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008868 if (wn != NULL)
8869 {
8870 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8871 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8872 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8873 {
8874 vim_free(wn);
8875 wn = NULL;
8876 }
8877 }
8878 }
8879
8880 if (wn == NULL)
8881# endif
8882 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8883 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8884#else
8885 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8886 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8887 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8888#endif
8889
8890 while (ok)
8891 {
8892#ifdef WIN3264
8893# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8894 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008895 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008896 else
8897# endif
8898 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8899#else
8900 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
8901#endif
8902 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
8903 * all entries found with "matchname". */
8904 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
8905 && (matchname == NULL
8906 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
8907 {
8908#ifdef WIN3264
8909 STRCPY(s, p);
8910#else
8911 namelowcpy(s, p);
8912#endif
8913 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008914
8915 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
8916 {
8917 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
8918 * find matches. */
8919 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
8920 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
8921 ++stardepth;
8922 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
8923 --stardepth;
8924 }
8925
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008926 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
8927 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
8928 {
8929 /* need to expand another component of the path */
8930 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008931 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008932 }
8933 else
8934 {
8935 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
8936 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
8937 if (*path_end != 0)
8938 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
8939 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
8940 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
8941 }
8942 }
8943
8944#ifdef WIN3264
8945# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8946 if (wn != NULL)
8947 {
8948 vim_free(p);
8949 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
8950 }
8951 else
8952# endif
8953 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
8954#else
8955 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
8956#endif
8957
8958 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
8959 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
8960 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
8961 {
8962 STRCPY(s, matchname);
8963#ifdef WIN3264
8964 FindClose(hFind);
8965# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8966 if (wn != NULL)
8967 {
8968 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008969 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008970 if (wn != NULL)
8971 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8972 }
8973 if (wn == NULL)
8974# endif
8975 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8976 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8977#else
8978 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8979 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8980#endif
8981 vim_free(matchname);
8982 matchname = NULL;
8983 }
8984 }
8985
8986#ifdef WIN3264
8987 FindClose(hFind);
8988# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8989 vim_free(wn);
8990# endif
8991#endif
8992 vim_free(buf);
8993 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
8994 vim_free(matchname);
8995
8996 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
8997 if (matches > 0)
8998 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
8999 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9000 return matches;
9001}
9002
9003 int
9004mch_expandpath(
9005 garray_T *gap,
9006 char_u *path,
9007 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9008{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009009 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009010}
9011# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9012
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009013#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9014 || defined(PROTO)
9015/*
9016 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9017 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9018 */
9019static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9020
9021 static int
9022pstrcmp(a, b)
9023 const void *a, *b;
9024{
9025 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9026}
9027
9028/*
9029 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9030 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9031 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9032 * at "path + wildoff".
9033 * Return the number of matches found.
9034 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9035 */
9036 int
9037unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9038 garray_T *gap;
9039 char_u *path;
9040 int wildoff;
9041 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9042 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9043{
9044 char_u *buf;
9045 char_u *path_end;
9046 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9047 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9048 char_u *pat;
9049 regmatch_T regmatch;
9050 int starts_with_dot;
9051 int matches;
9052 int len;
9053 int starstar = FALSE;
9054 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9055
9056 DIR *dirp;
9057 struct dirent *dp;
9058
9059 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9060 if (stardepth > 0)
9061 {
9062 ui_breakcheck();
9063 if (got_int)
9064 return 0;
9065 }
9066
9067 /* make room for file name */
9068 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9069 if (buf == NULL)
9070 return 0;
9071
9072 /*
9073 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9074 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9075 */
9076 p = buf;
9077 s = buf;
9078 e = NULL;
9079 path_end = path;
9080 while (*path_end != NUL)
9081 {
9082 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9083 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9084 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9085 *p++ = *path_end++;
9086 else if (*path_end == '/')
9087 {
9088 if (e != NULL)
9089 break;
9090 s = p + 1;
9091 }
9092 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9093 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9094 e = p;
9095#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9096 if (has_mbyte)
9097 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009098 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009099 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9100 p += len;
9101 path_end += len;
9102 }
9103 else
9104#endif
9105 *p++ = *path_end++;
9106 }
9107 e = p;
9108 *e = NUL;
9109
9110 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9111 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9112 * component. */
9113 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9114 if (rem_backslash(p))
9115 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009116 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009117 --e;
9118 --s;
9119 }
9120
9121 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9122 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9123 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9124 starstar = TRUE;
9125
9126 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9127 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9128 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9129 if (pat == NULL)
9130 {
9131 vim_free(buf);
9132 return 0;
9133 }
9134
9135 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009136#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009137 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9138#else
9139 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ever ignore case */
9140#endif
9141 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9142 vim_free(pat);
9143
9144 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9145 {
9146 vim_free(buf);
9147 return 0;
9148 }
9149
9150 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9151 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9152 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9153 && *path_end == '/')
9154 {
9155 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9156 ++stardepth;
9157 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9158 --stardepth;
9159 }
9160
9161 /* open the directory for scanning */
9162 *s = NUL;
9163 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9164
9165 /* Find all matching entries */
9166 if (dirp != NULL)
9167 {
9168 for (;;)
9169 {
9170 dp = readdir(dirp);
9171 if (dp == NULL)
9172 break;
9173 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9174 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9175 {
9176 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9177 len = STRLEN(buf);
9178
9179 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9180 {
9181 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9182 * find matches. */
9183 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9184 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9185 ++stardepth;
9186 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9187 --stardepth;
9188 }
9189
9190 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9191 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9192 {
9193 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9194 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9195 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9196 }
9197 else
9198 {
9199 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9200 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9201 if (*path_end != NUL)
9202 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9203 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9204 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009205#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009206 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9207 char_u *precomp_buf =
9208 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009209
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009210 if (precomp_buf)
9211 {
9212 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9213 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9214 }
9215#endif
9216 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9217 }
9218 }
9219 }
9220 }
9221
9222 closedir(dirp);
9223 }
9224
9225 vim_free(buf);
9226 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9227
9228 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9229 if (matches > 0)
9230 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9231 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9232 return matches;
9233}
9234#endif
9235
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009236#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9237static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9238static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009239static void remove_duplicates __ARGS((garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009240static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9241static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9242
9243/*
9244 * Moves psep to the previous path separator in path, starting from the
9245 * end of path.
9246 * Returns FAIL is psep ends up at the beginning of path.
9247 */
9248 static int
9249find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9250 char_u *path;
9251 char_u **psep;
9252{
9253 /* skip the current separator */
9254 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9255 (*psep)--;
9256
9257 /* find the previous separator */
9258 while (*psep > path && !vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9259 (*psep)--;
9260
9261 if (*psep != path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9262 return OK;
9263
9264 return FAIL;
9265}
9266
9267/*
9268 * Returns TRUE if maybe_unique is unique wrt other_paths in gap. maybe_unique
9269 * is the end portion of ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i].
9270 */
9271 static int
9272is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9273 char_u *maybe_unique;
9274 garray_T *gap;
9275 int i;
9276{
9277 int j;
9278 int candidate_len;
9279 int other_path_len;
9280 char_u *rival;
9281 char_u **other_paths;
9282
9283 other_paths = (gap->ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)gap->ga_data
9284 : (char_u **)"";
9285
9286 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len && !got_int; j++)
9287 {
9288 ui_breakcheck();
9289 /* don't compare it with itself */
9290 if (j == i)
9291 continue;
9292
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009293 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9294 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009295
9296 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
9297 continue; /* it's different */
9298
9299 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
9300
9301 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0)
9302 return FALSE;
9303 }
9304
9305 return TRUE;
9306}
9307
9308/*
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009309 * Remove adjecent duplicate entries from "gap", which is a list of file names
9310 * in allocated memory.
9311 */
9312 static void
9313remove_duplicates(gap)
9314 garray_T *gap;
9315{
9316 int i;
9317 int j;
9318 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9319
9320 for (i = 1; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
9321 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9322 {
9323 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9324 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9325 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9326 --gap->ga_len;
9327 --i;
9328 }
9329}
9330
9331/*
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009332 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in gap so that
9333 * they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part that
9334 * matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt gap->ga_len.
9335 */
9336 static void
9337uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009338 garray_T *gap;
9339 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009340{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009341 int i;
9342 int len;
9343 char_u *pathsep_p;
9344 char_u *path;
9345 char_u **fnames = (char_u **) gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009346 int sort_again = 0;
9347 char_u *pat;
9348 char_u *file_pattern;
9349 regmatch_T regmatch;
9350
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009351 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009352 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009353
9354 /*
9355 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9356 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
9357 * possible pattern?
9358 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009359 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009360 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
9361 file_pattern[0] = '*';
9362 file_pattern[1] = '\0';
9363 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9364 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9365 vim_free(file_pattern);
9366 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9367
9368 if (pat != NULL)
9369 {
9370 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9371 vim_free(pat);
9372 }
9373 if (pat == NULL || regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9374 return;
9375
9376 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9377 {
9378 path = fnames[i];
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009379 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009380
9381 /* we start at the end of the path */
9382 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9383
9384 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9385 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9386 && is_unique(pathsep_p, gap, i))
9387 {
9388 sort_again = 1;
9389 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9390 break;
9391 }
9392 }
9393
9394 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009395 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009396 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009397 remove_duplicates(gap);
9398 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009399}
9400
9401/*
9402 * Calls globpath with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores
9403 * the result in gap.
9404 * Returns the total number of matches.
9405 */
9406 static int
9407expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9408 garray_T *gap;
9409 char_u *pattern;
9410 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9411{
9412 int c = 0;
9413 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9414 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9415 char_u *files;
9416 char_u *s; /* start */
9417 char_u *e; /* end */
9418
9419 files = globpath(path_option, pattern, 0);
9420 if (files == NULL)
9421 return 0;
9422
9423 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9424 s = e = files;
9425 while (*s != '\0')
9426 {
9427 while (*e != '\n' && *e != '\0')
9428 e++;
9429 if (*e == '\0')
9430 {
9431 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9432 break;
9433 }
9434 else
9435 {
9436 /* *e is '\n' */
9437 *e = '\0';
9438 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9439 e++;
9440 s = e;
9441 }
9442 }
9443
9444 c = gap->ga_len;
9445 vim_free(files);
9446
9447 return c;
9448}
9449#endif
9450
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009451/*
9452 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9453 *
9454 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9455 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9456 *
9457 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9458 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9459 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9460 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9461 */
9462 int
9463gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9464 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9465 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9466 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9467 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9468 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9469{
9470 int i;
9471 garray_T ga;
9472 char_u *p;
9473 static int recursive = FALSE;
9474 int add_pat;
9475
9476 /*
9477 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9478 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9479 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9480 * return FAIL.
9481 */
9482 if (recursive)
9483#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9484 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9485#else
9486 return FAIL;
9487#endif
9488
9489#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9490 /*
9491 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9492 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9493 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9494 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9495 */
9496 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9497 {
9498 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9499# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9500 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9501# endif
9502 )
9503 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9504 }
9505#endif
9506
9507 recursive = TRUE;
9508
9509 /*
9510 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9511 */
9512 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9513
9514 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9515 {
9516 add_pat = -1;
9517 p = pat[i];
9518
9519#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9520 if (vim_backtick(p))
9521 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9522 else
9523#endif
9524 {
9525 /*
9526 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9527 */
9528 if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9529 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009530 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009531 if (p == NULL)
9532 p = pat[i];
9533#ifdef UNIX
9534 /*
9535 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9536 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9537 * found file names and start all over again.
9538 */
9539 else if (vim_strpbrk(p, (char_u *)"$~") != NULL)
9540 {
9541 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009542 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009543 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9544 flags);
9545 recursive = FALSE;
9546 return i;
9547 }
9548#endif
9549 }
9550
9551 /*
9552 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9553 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9554 * the pattern.
9555 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9556 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9557 */
9558 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009559 {
9560#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9561 if (*p != '.' && !vim_ispathsep(*p) && (flags & EW_PATH))
9562 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
9563 else
9564#endif
9565 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9566 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009567 }
9568
9569 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9570 {
9571 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9572
9573#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9574 slash_to_colon(t);
9575#endif
9576 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9577 * "vim c:/" work. */
9578 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9579 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9580 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9581 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9582 vim_free(t);
9583 }
9584
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009585#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9586 if (flags & EW_PATH)
9587 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9588#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009589 if (p != pat[i])
9590 vim_free(p);
9591 }
9592
9593 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9594 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9595
9596 recursive = FALSE;
9597
9598 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9599}
9600
9601# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9602
9603/*
9604 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9605 */
9606 static int
9607vim_backtick(p)
9608 char_u *p;
9609{
9610 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9611}
9612
9613/*
9614 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9615 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9616 * Returns number of file names found.
9617 */
9618 static int
9619expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9620 garray_T *gap;
9621 char_u *pat;
9622 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9623{
9624 char_u *p;
9625 char_u *cmd;
9626 char_u *buffer;
9627 int cnt = 0;
9628 int i;
9629
9630 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9631 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9632 if (cmd == NULL)
9633 return 0;
9634
9635#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9636 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009637 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009638 else
9639#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009640 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9641 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009642 vim_free(cmd);
9643 if (buffer == NULL)
9644 return 0;
9645
9646 cmd = buffer;
9647 while (*cmd != NUL)
9648 {
9649 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9650 p = cmd;
9651 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9652 ++p;
9653 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9654 if (p > cmd)
9655 {
9656 i = *p;
9657 *p = NUL;
9658 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
9659 *p = i;
9660 ++cnt;
9661 }
9662 cmd = p;
9663 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
9664 ++cmd;
9665 }
9666
9667 vim_free(buffer);
9668 return cnt;
9669}
9670# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
9671
9672/*
9673 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
9674 * EW_DIR add directories
9675 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009676 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009677 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
9678 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
9679 */
9680 void
9681addfile(gap, f, flags)
9682 garray_T *gap;
9683 char_u *f; /* filename */
9684 int flags;
9685{
9686 char_u *p;
9687 int isdir;
9688
9689 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
9690 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
9691 return;
9692
9693#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
9694 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
9695 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
9696 return;
9697#endif
9698
9699 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
9700 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
9701 return;
9702
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +00009703 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
9704 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
9705 return;
9706
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009707 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
9708 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9709 return;
9710
9711 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
9712 if (p == NULL)
9713 return;
9714
9715 STRCPY(p, f);
9716#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
9717 slash_adjust(p);
9718#endif
9719 /*
9720 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
9721 */
9722#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
9723 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
9724 add_pathsep(p);
9725#endif
9726 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009727}
9728#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
9729
9730#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
9731
9732#ifndef SEEK_SET
9733# define SEEK_SET 0
9734#endif
9735#ifndef SEEK_END
9736# define SEEK_END 2
9737#endif
9738
9739/*
9740 * Get the stdout of an external command.
9741 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
9742 */
9743 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009744get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009745 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009746 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009747 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
9748{
9749 char_u *tempname;
9750 char_u *command;
9751 char_u *buffer = NULL;
9752 int len;
9753 int i = 0;
9754 FILE *fd;
9755
9756 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
9757 return NULL;
9758
9759 /* get a name for the temp file */
9760 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
9761 {
9762 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
9763 return NULL;
9764 }
9765
9766 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009767 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009768 if (command == NULL)
9769 goto done;
9770
9771 /*
9772 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
9773 * Don't check timestamps here.
9774 */
9775 ++no_check_timestamps;
9776 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
9777 --no_check_timestamps;
9778
9779 vim_free(command);
9780
9781 /*
9782 * read the names from the file into memory
9783 */
9784# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00009785 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009786 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
9787# else
9788 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
9789# endif
9790
9791 if (fd == NULL)
9792 {
9793 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
9794 goto done;
9795 }
9796
9797 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
9798 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
9799 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
9800
9801 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
9802 if (buffer != NULL)
9803 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
9804 fclose(fd);
9805 mch_remove(tempname);
9806 if (buffer == NULL)
9807 goto done;
9808#ifdef VMS
9809 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
9810#endif
9811 if (i != len)
9812 {
9813 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
9814 vim_free(buffer);
9815 buffer = NULL;
9816 }
9817 else
9818 buffer[len] = '\0'; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
9819
9820done:
9821 vim_free(tempname);
9822 return buffer;
9823}
9824#endif
9825
9826/*
9827 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
9828 * functions.
9829 */
9830 void
9831FreeWild(count, files)
9832 int count;
9833 char_u **files;
9834{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00009835 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009836 return;
9837#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
9838 /*
9839 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
9840 * been used???
9841 */
9842 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
9843#else
9844 while (count--)
9845 vim_free(files[count]);
9846 vim_free(files);
9847#endif
9848}
9849
9850/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +02009851 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009852 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
9853 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
9854 */
9855 int
9856goto_im()
9857{
9858 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
9859}